{"title":"Diwali \u0026 Indian Festive Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eEverything in the shop that gets brought out for a festival, gathered in one place: garlands and torans for the doorway, diyas and t-light holders, urli bowls for floating flowers, rangoli mats, pooja mandirs and chowkis, brass and antique silver for the thali, and wall art for the room the guests sit in. A hundred and thirty-six pieces drawn from across the catalogue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSetting up for a festival\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe doorway comes first.\u003c\/strong\u003e A toran or bandhanwar across the top of the frame, marigold or mogra garlands down either side. Fabric versions store and reuse, so the same set comes out every year. From $22 for ten 4FT marigold strings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe floor.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 3FT rangoli mat at $55 in eleven designs, which is the reusable alternative to drawing rangoli in powder each morning and sweeping it up each night. Bandhani cotton parasols in sets of five to twenty-five for a larger event or a mandap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe light.\u003c\/strong\u003e Diya and t-light holder sets from $39, in counts of four to twelve. Brass akhand diyas take oil and a cotton wick; the gold-finish t-light sets take standard tea lights. Layered diya stands hold 18 or 30 lights on one stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe centrepiece.\u003c\/strong\u003e Urli bowls, floated with flowers and diyas. Nesting sets of three from $70, single gold bowls from $42, brass and antique silver for something that stays out year round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe pooja itself.\u003c\/strong\u003e Mandirs and chowkis, brass kuthu vilakku and samai oil lamps, kalash, thali sets and a Chappan 56 Bhog thali.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich festival\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e — diyas, t-lights, rangoli mats, torans and urlis. The busiest window in the shop; order several weeks ahead.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNavratri and Golu\u003c\/strong\u003e — chowkis stacked into steps, garlands, and the painted wooden figures.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGanesh Chaturthi and Janmashtami\u003c\/strong\u003e — a chowki or mandir for the idol, thali sets, and the Chappan Bhog thali.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGriha pravesh and housewarmings\u003c\/strong\u003e — torans, a kalash, brass, and the return gift sets.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeddings, mehndi and haldi\u003c\/strong\u003e — parasols, long garlands to 10FT, haldi trays and pedestal chowkis.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaksha Bandhan and Varalakshmi Vratam\u003c\/strong\u003e — pooja thali sets and kalash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the flowers real?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. All garlands, torans and danglers are fabric, wool, gota patti and pearl, made to be stored and reused rather than replaced each festival.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a rangoli mat better than drawing rangoli?\u003c\/strong\u003e Different rather than better. A mat lays out in seconds, comes out again every year, and does not track coloured powder through the house — which is what most households here want on a weeknight. Our guide to \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/news\/reusable-rangoli-mats-guide-for-us-homes\"\u003ereusable rangoli mats\u003c\/a\u003e covers sizes, where to put one, and the three additions that stop it looking like a mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I build a backdrop with garlands?\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure the wall first, then allow one vertical drop every 8 to 10 inches. Our guide to \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/news\/how-to-decorate-backdrop-garlands-ganesh-chaturthi-golu-diwali\"\u003egarland backdrops\u003c\/a\u003e covers Ganesh Chaturthi, Golu and Diwali setups and how to hang one without damaging a rental wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I reuse these next year?\u003c\/strong\u003e That is the point of most of it. Store garlands loosely coiled rather than folded, keep metal dry, and everything here comes out again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich diyas take oil and which take tea lights?\u003c\/strong\u003e Brass akhand diyas have a raised wick post and take oil. Anything described as a t-light holder takes a standard 1.5 inch tea light. Tea lights and candles are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the gold-finish metal solid?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. Most gold-finish pieces are iron under a polish, which is what keeps a set of ten under $50. Solid metal is in the brass and antique silver ranges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far ahead should I order for Diwali?\u003c\/strong\u003e Several weeks. We pack and hand orders to the carrier every day, including weekends and holidays, but the bulk diya and garland sets sell through and restocking from India is slow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan any of this go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e Under a covered porch for a day, yes. Sustained sun and rain will fade fabric and loosen glued pearls, so bring it in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips free and insured across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. We pack and hand orders to the carrier every day, including weekends and holidays. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso worth seeing: \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/diwali-diyas-tlights\"\u003eDiwali Diyas \u0026amp; T-Light Holders\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-pooja-garlands-torans\"\u003eIndian Pooja Garlands, Torans \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Decorative Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"silver-hand-engraved-urli-bowl-7inch-luxe-home-decor","title":"7.5-Inch Floral Cutout Urli Bowl | Antique Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn urli is a wide Indian bowl filled with water so that flower heads and floating diyas sit on the surface. This is the smallest of our four antique-silver urlis, and the only one whose sides are pierced right through — the floral lattice is cut out of the metal, not engraved into it, so a candle inside throws the pattern onto whatever it is standing on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 7.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 600 g (approx. 1.3 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: copper, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: pierced outer shell with a solid hammered inner bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: four cast feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt is cut, not carved.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every rosette in the lattice is pierced through the wall of the bowl. Hold it up to a window and you can see daylight through it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt still holds water.\u003c\/strong\u003e There is a separate solid inner bowl seated inside the pierced shell, hammered smooth and etched with a lotus at the base. The lattice is the outside only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e600 g (approx. 1.3 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e for a 7.5-inch piece. It sits heavy for its size and does not slide on a polished table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep, not flat.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 4 inches tall it is a pot rather than a dish, so it holds a real volume of water and the flowers sit down inside the rim rather than perching on it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is copper — the metal used for kalash and pooja vessels — nickel-plated and then oxidised, which is what gives the antique silver its depth in the recesses rather than a flat grey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour antique-silver bowls, four different jobs. The others in the range:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rose-engraved-urli-bowl-german-silver\"\u003e9-inch rose bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — shallow and wide, scalloped rim, $125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/17-flower-engraved-urli-bowl-antique-silver\"\u003e17-inch jungle bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — deep, animals in relief, $350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silver-hand-engraved-urli-bowl-25inch-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e26-inch leaf bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — largest, side handles, $470\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA console or hall table by the front door, with a tealight inside so the cutwork reads against the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA coffee table, filled with water and three floating candles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside a mandir as a petal or prasad bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA bathroom counter holding guest soaps or potpourri\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA bookshelf, empty — the cutwork carries on its own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe easiest of the four to give, because it is the one that fits on any surface and needs no explaining. It suits Diwali, Janmashtami, housewarming and griha pravesh, and it is a common choice for a wedding-guest gift where you want something Indian and lasting rather than consumable. It arrives in plain packaging with no price on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe sides have holes in them — will it leak?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The pierced shell is decorative. A separate solid bowl sits inside it and holds the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a candle in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and it is the reason to buy this one over the others. A tealight or a small pillar inside throws the cutwork pattern outward. Floating candles on water work too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Fill it, float flower heads or floating candles, and empty and dry it the same evening. Standing water left in a plated bowl for days will mark the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e7.5 inches across and 4 inches tall — about the footprint of a dinner plate's centre, and taller than most people expect from the photographs. One of the images has the dimensions marked on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the same as the 9-inch rose bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, and they are easy to confuse at these sizes. This one is deep and pierced. The 9-inch is shallow and wide with a scalloped rim and solid sides. They look quite different in a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This bowl is copper, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the pattern. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it food safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTreat it as decorative. It is fine for dry wrapped sweets or a mound of petals, but we would not serve loose food directly from a plated surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41496948670515,"sku":"silver-urli-small","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/smallurli-antiquesilver2.jpg?v=1770959475"},{"product_id":"silver-hand-engraved-urli-bowl-25inch-traditional-home-decor","title":"26-Inches Leaves Engraved Urli Bowl | Antique Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn urli is a wide Indian bowl filled with water so that flower heads and floating diyas sit on the surface. This is the largest we make in antique silver — 26 inches across, 4.2 kg, with a band of engraved leaf scrollwork running right round the outside, a cast handle at each side and a lotus medallion etched into the floor of the bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOuter diameter: 26 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 4.2 kg (approx. 9.3 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: engraved leaf scrollwork band; etched lotus medallion inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles: one cast handle each side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: four cast feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4.2 kg of brass — approx. 9.3 lb — before you put anything in it.\u003c\/strong\u003e Filled with water it is a two-person lift. That mass is the reason it sits dead still on a table and does not ring when you set something down in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt has handles.\u003c\/strong\u003e A cast handle at each side, which none of our other urlis have. On a 26-inch bowl that is a practical feature, not a decorative one — it is how you move it when it is full.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e26 inches across.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is dining-table-centrepiece scale, the size used at the entrance to a mandap or in a hotel lobby.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEtched inside as well as out.\u003c\/strong\u003e A lotus medallion is worked into the base, so there is something to look at through the water when the bowl is filled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour antique-silver bowls, four different jobs. The others in the range:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silver-hand-engraved-urli-bowl-7inch-luxe-home-decor\"\u003e7.5-inch cutout bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — deep, pierced sides, $110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rose-engraved-urli-bowl-german-silver\"\u003e9-inch rose bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — shallow and wide, scalloped rim, $125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/17-flower-engraved-urli-bowl-antique-silver\"\u003e17-inch jungle bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — deep, animals in relief, $350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA long dining table, as the one object down the centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entrance foyer on a round table, floating diyas and marigolds for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe entrance to a mandap or a reception table at a wedding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA kitchen island as a fruit bowl — it takes a full shop of pomegranates, grapes and citrus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA covered terrace for an evening event\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the piece people buy for a wedding, a landmark anniversary or a new house where they want the gift to be the one that gets talked about. It is heavy, it is large, and it is obviously handmade. Event planners and venues order it for mandap entrances and reception tables — if you need more than one, get in touch before ordering so we can confirm stock against your date and talk about price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne of the photographs shows three bowls stacked together. What do I actually get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne bowl — the 26-inch one. The smaller bowls in that photograph are there to show the scale and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it to handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4.2 kg empty, which one person manages comfortably by the two side handles. Filled with water it is considerably more — fill it in place rather than carrying it full.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit my table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e26 inches is wide. On a table narrower than about 36 inches it will dominate and leave little room for place settings. Measure first. If it is too large, the 17-inch jungle bowl is the next size down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Fill it, float flower heads or floating candles, and empty and dry it the same evening. Standing water left in a plated bowl for days will mark the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much water does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEnough that we would fill it with a jug rather than carry it to a tap. Two to three inches of water is plenty to float diyas and flower heads; you do not need to fill it to the rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a fruit bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and it is one of the nicer uses for it between festivals. Fruit in skins, not cut or wet food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This bowl is brass, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the pattern. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time and the antique finish is meant to deepen in the recesses of the leaf work as it does. On a piece this size that ageing looks right. A dry cloth over the raised areas brightens it again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUnder cover for an evening, yes. Not in weather and not overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41496953159731,"sku":"silver-urli-large","price":470.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/bigurli-antiquesilver1.jpg?v=1770580848"},{"product_id":"walking-ambabari-elephant-silver-statue","title":"Walking Ambabari Elephant | 10-Inches Antique Silver Set","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn ambabari is the canopied seat carried on an elephant's back in Rajasthani processions — a small domed pavilion with its own roof and pillars. This pair of walking elephants carries one each, engraved down to the headdress, the body mat and the canopy fringe, and stands 10 inches tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 10 inches. Length: 7.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2,084 g for the pair (approx. 4.6 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: aluminium, plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: engraved ambabari howdah, headdress, ear plates and body mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA pair, walking, facing each other.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bought singly an elephant is an ornament; a facing pair reads as an entrance, which is how these are traditionally placed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe howdah is a separate structure, not a bump on the back.\u003c\/strong\u003e Pillars, a domed roof and a fringe, all engraved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetailed where it counts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The headdress, the ear plates and the body mat each carry their own pattern rather than sharing one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium, so you can actually place them.\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,084 g for the pair — light enough to sit on a shelf or a mandir ledge without worrying about the shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout the metal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are aluminium, plated and oxidised to antique silver, which is different from the brass and copper pieces elsewhere in this range. It is a deliberate choice for a sculpture at this size: brass elephants of the same dimensions would weigh three times as much and cost several times more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console, the two facing each other\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEither side of a mandir or a shrine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mantelpiece or a bookshelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding or reception welcome table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA study or an office, where a pair of elephants reads as a collected object\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElephants are the safest animal to give in Indian decor — auspicious, universally liked, and not tied to any one deity or region, so you do not need to know the recipient's tradition. A facing pair suits a housewarming or griha pravesh, a wedding, an anniversary and a new business. Plain packaging with no price on it. Ordering several pairs for an event or corporate gifting — get in touch first and we will confirm stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one elephant or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair, and they are made to face each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is an ambabari?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe canopied seat strapped to an elephant's back for processions and royal parades in Rajasthan — sometimes called a howdah. On these statues it is modelled as a small domed pavilion with pillars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2,084 g for the pair, so a bit over a kilo each. They sit on an ordinary shelf without any concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This pair is aluminium, plated and then oxidised to the antique silver finish. Aluminium is why a 10-inch elephant weighs what it does rather than being a two-hand lift, and it is the reason a pair this size sits at $115 rather than several hundred.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they solid or hollow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCast hollow, as sculptures at this size normally are. That is what keeps the weight sensible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the two identical?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are a mirrored pair, made to face inward. Small variations in the engraving are normal on handmade pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41497475678259,"sku":"silver-elephant-set","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/Elephant-AntiqueSilver7.jpg?v=1734316909"},{"product_id":"antique-silver-leaves-kalash","title":"7-Inches Kalash Leaves Design | Antique Silver Lota","description":"\u003cp\u003eA kalash is the pot placed at the centre of a puja, filled with water and topped with mango leaves and a coconut. This one is copper, 7 inches tall, engraved all over with leaves and vines and standing on a pedestal foot. It is the heavier of our two kalash despite being the shorter — copper is denser than brass, and you feel it when you pick it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOuter diameter: 6.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 820 g (approx. 1.8 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: copper, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: engraved leaves and vines; medallion on the base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase: pedestal foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e820 g (approx. 1.8 lb) in a 7-inch pot.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavier than the taller elephant kalash, which is what copper does. It sits solidly with water and a coconut on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper underneath\u003c\/strong\u003e — the metal traditionally used for ritual water vessels — nickel-plated and oxidised so the antique silver settles into the engraving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEngraved, not stamped.\u003c\/strong\u003e The leaf and vine work is cut into the surface and runs right around the body, with a medallion worked into the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePedestal foot.\u003c\/strong\u003e It stands on a raised base rather than sitting flat, which lifts it on a thali and keeps the bottom dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make the kalash in two designs, near enough the same size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/7-kalash-lota-elephant-design-antique-silver\"\u003e7.5-inch elephant kalash\u003c\/a\u003e — brass, elephants and flowers in relief, $140\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe centre of a puja thali for Kalash Sthapana\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA griha pravesh or housewarming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, kept filled between ceremonies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVaralakshmi Vratam, Navratri and Satyanarayan Puja\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding peacock feathers or lotus stems as everyday decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe safe choice for a griha pravesh, because a kalash is what people traditionally bring to a new home and almost every household will use one. It also suits a wedding, Varalakshmi Vratam and Navratri. Plain packaging, no price on it. Ordering several for a temple or an event — get in touch first and we will confirm stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mango leaves and a coconut sit on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The mouth is wide enough to seat a ring of leaves and a standard coconut on top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Empty and dry it the same day rather than leaving water standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the smaller one heavier?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBecause this one is copper and the 7.5-inch elephant kalash is brass. Copper is the denser metal, so you get more weight in less height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is copper, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a lota or a kalash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth words are used for this shape. Kalash is the ritual name, lota the everyday one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a vase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It holds peacock feathers, lotus stems and cut flowers well. Use a liner if you would rather not put water in it directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41497776619571,"sku":"silver-kalash-1","price":135.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/kalash-silver1.jpg?v=1771571405"},{"product_id":"16-inch-elephant-samai-lamps","title":"16-Inch Elephant Design Samai Oil Lamps (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA samai is the standing oil lamp lit at the start of a puja. This pair stands 16.5 inches tall on a base formed as an elephant, with a peacock finial rising behind the oil cup — the most worked of our three lamp designs, and the one that reads as a sculpture as much as a lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 16.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiya cup diameter: 7.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,600 g for the pair (approx. 3.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: copper, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: cast elephant base, peacock finial, engraved cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe base is an elephant, cast in the round.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not an engraving of one — the lamp actually stands on the animal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeacock finial behind the cup,\u003c\/strong\u003e so the lamp has a silhouette even before it is lit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16.5 inches and 1,600 g for the pair.\u003c\/strong\u003e Substantial enough to flank a doorway or an altar rather than sit on a shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.5-inch oil cup,\u003c\/strong\u003e the largest on the two table lamps, so it holds enough oil to burn through an evening ceremony without refilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree heights of lamp, all sold in pairs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/antique-silver-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e11-inch peacock samai\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, table height, $149\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/28-nilavilakku-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-antique-silver\"\u003e28-inch nilavilakku\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, floor-standing, $525\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight is the whole decision. Table lamps sit on a mandir shelf or an altar; the 28-inch stands on the floor beside a doorway or a shrine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEither side of a home mandir or a shrine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlanking an entrance for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding stage or a mandap edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA console table, lit for Karthigai Deepam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA puja room floor arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elephant base makes this the one people choose when they want the gift to be looked at, not just used. It suits a wedding, a griha pravesh, a significant anniversary and Diwali. Plain packaging with no price on it. Temples and event decorators order these in multiple pairs — get in touch before ordering and we will confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one lamp or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the elephant a separate piece?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The base is cast as one with the lamp, so there is nothing to assemble and nothing that can come loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat oil and wick do I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSesame oil or ghee with a cotton wick is traditional; any lamp oil works. Fill the cup no more than about two thirds so it does not spill when the wick is lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare to the other two lamps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeight and detail. The 11-inch peacock samai is the plain table version; this is the sculptural one at mid height; the 28-inch nilavilakku is floor-standing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is copper, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use tealights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, though at 7.5 inches the cup is wide for a single tealight — it looks better with oil and a wick, or three tealights together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stand steady?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The elephant base is the widest part of the lamp and the weight sits low.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLet it cool, tip out any oil, and wipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Store it in a sealed plastic bag between festivals; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41498384629811,"sku":"samai-elephant-pair","price":249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/elephantoillamp-antiquesilver1.jpg?v=1770749951"},{"product_id":"11-inch-peacock-samai-lamps","title":"11-Inch Peacock Design Samai Oil Lamps (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA samai is the standing oil lamp lit at the start of a puja — a cup for oil and a wick on a turned stem, so the flame sits above the altar rather than on it. This pair stands 11 inches tall, engraved with peacocks, and is the table-height option in our lamp range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 11 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiya cup diameter: 5.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 844 g for the pair (approx. 1.9 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: engraved peacock and floral work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold as a pair,\u003c\/strong\u003e which is how samai are traditionally used — one either side of the deity, not a single lamp off-centre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11 inches, which is mandir-shelf height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tall enough to lift the flame clear of the offerings, short enough to fit under a shelf above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeacock engraving\u003c\/strong\u003e worked around the stem and the cup rather than applied as a separate ornament.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e844 g for the pair.\u003c\/strong\u003e Weighted at the foot so a lit lamp does not tip if the altar is knocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree heights of lamp, all sold in pairs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/antique-silver-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-and-elephant-base-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e16-inch elephant samai\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, elephant base, $249\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/28-nilavilakku-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-antique-silver\"\u003e28-inch nilavilakku\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, floor-standing, $525\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight is the whole decision. Table lamps sit on a mandir shelf or an altar; the 28-inch stands on the floor beside a doorway or a shrine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, one either side of the deity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console, lit at dusk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKarthigai Deepam and Navratri\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding or griha pravesh ceremony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pair of samai is one of the most traditional gifts for a new home, because lighting the first lamp is part of moving in. It suits griha pravesh, a wedding, Diwali and Karthigai Deepam. Plain packaging with no price on it. If you need several pairs for a temple or a community event, get in touch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one lamp or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat oil and wick do I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSesame oil or ghee with a cotton wick is traditional; any lamp oil works. Fill the cup no more than about two thirds so it does not spill when the wick is lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use a tealight instead of oil?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The cup is 5.5 inches across, so a tealight sits in it easily, though an oil flame is what the shape is designed for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare to your taller lamps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is the table one. The 16-inch elephant samai is a bigger version of the same idea, and the 28-inch nilavilakku stands on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is brass, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the plating survive the heat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The flame sits in the cup and the temperature stays well below anything that would harm the finish. Wipe out oil residue once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLet it cool, tip out any oil, and wipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Store it in a sealed plastic bag between festivals; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41498420281395,"sku":"silver-samai-peacock-pair","price":149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/oillamp-antiquesilver7.jpg?v=1770693081"},{"product_id":"antique-silver-candle-holder-elegant-home-decor","title":"12-Inches Candle Holder Set | Antique Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eA pair of 12-inch candlesticks in antique silver over brass, worked in relief from the domed foot to the dish at the top. They are not identical: one column carries a herringbone leaf pattern, the other a scrolling floral one, so the pair reads as two related pieces rather than a mirror image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo candle holders, one of each pattern. 856 g for the pair, 12 inches tall, 4.75 inches across the base. The dish at the top takes a tealight or a pillar candle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe two are deliberately different.\u003c\/strong\u003e One herringbone, one floral. Stand them together and the difference is what makes them look collected rather than bought.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorked over the whole surface.\u003c\/strong\u003e Repoussé from the foot up through a fluted bulb to the column, with a wide dish at the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 inches — proper candlestick height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tall enough to sit on a dining table and be seen, without blocking the person opposite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide domed feet\u003c\/strong\u003e that spread the weight, so a lit candle is not sitting on something that tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair, one herringbone and one floral\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase diameter: 4.75 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 856 g for the pair (approx. 1.9 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: hand-worked repoussé, fluted bulb, domed foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table, one at each end or both together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mantelpiece or a console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, either side of the deity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding or reception table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChristmas and Diwali alike — the shape is not specific to either\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCandlesticks are an easy gift because almost every home has somewhere to put them, and a pair looks more considered than a single piece. This set suits a housewarming, a wedding, an anniversary, Diwali and Christmas. Plain packaging with no price on it. Buying several pairs for an event, get in touch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one candle holder or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they the same design?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, and it is intentional. One column is herringbone, the other floral. If you were expecting a matched pair, this is worth knowing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTealights or pillar candles?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEither. The top is a wide dish, so a tealight sits in it and a pillar stands on it. A taper would need a separate insert.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill wax damage the finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, but let it set and lift it off cold rather than scraping at it warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is brass, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is 12 inches on a table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout the height of a wine bottle, so the flame sits just above eye level for someone seated. It will not block conversation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41498431684659,"sku":"silver-candle-pair","price":150.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/AntiqueSilver-CandleHolder1.jpg?v=1741844691"},{"product_id":"antique-silver-pooja-thali-set","title":"Antique Silver Pooja Thali Set – Raksha Bandhan \u0026 Puja","description":"\u003cp\u003eA pooja thali is the tray a household keeps its ritual pieces on, so that everything needed for aarti comes out together. This is a five-piece set on a swastik-engraved tray with elephant heads for feet and a fringe of small bells hanging from the rim, in brass finished to antique silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePieces: 5\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThali diameter: 11 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKalash: 3 inches. Bell: 5 inches. Lidded containers: 2 inches each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight: 922 g (approx. 2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: floral repoussé, swastik centre medallion, elephant-head feet, bell fringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe tray alone is worth the shelf space.\u003c\/strong\u003e Deep floral repoussé over the whole face, a swastik in the centre medallion, and a border worked right to the edge.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElephant-head feet.\u003c\/strong\u003e Four of them, cast and applied, lifting the tray off the surface. Most thalis at this price sit flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA fringe of bells.\u003c\/strong\u003e Small bell drops hang all the way round the rim, so the tray sounds when it is lifted for aarti.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e922 g across the five pieces (approx. 2 lb).\u003c\/strong\u003e It has the weight of something that will be handed down rather than replaced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThali plate: 11 inches, with elephant feet and a bell fringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKalash: 3 inches, open\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBell: 5 inches, with an engraved handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo lidded containers: 2 inches each, for kumkum and haldi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive pieces in total. Nothing else to buy before your first aarti.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaksha Bandhan, holding the rakhi, roli, rice and sweets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, as the everyday aarti tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiwali and Lakshmi Puja\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKarwa Chauth and Bhai Dooj\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA griha pravesh, where a complete set is the traditional thing to arrive with\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA complete thali set is one of the safer gifts in this category, because the recipient does not have to share your taste to use it. It is bought most for Raksha Bandhan, then griha pravesh, weddings and a first Diwali in a new home. Plain packaging with no price on it. For temples, community events or corporate festive gifting, get in touch before ordering and we will confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces are there?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFive: the thali, the kalash, the bell and two lidded containers. Sizes are listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the symbol in the centre?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe svastika, an ancient mark of auspiciousness used in Hindu, Jain and Buddhist practice for several thousand years. It is drawn at thresholds and on ledgers across India and is unrelated to the twentieth-century European emblem that borrowed and tilted the form. Here it sits in the centre medallion inside the floral border.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the bells on the rim actually ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey chime softly when the tray is lifted or moved. They are decorative drops rather than a bell you would ring deliberately — the 5-inch handled bell in the set is for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, and that is deliberate. Solid silver at this size would cost many times more and would need polishing after every use. This is brass with the same look and none of the upkeep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is brass, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for Raksha Bandhan?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is what most buyers use it for. The thali holds the rakhi, roli, rice and sweets, the kalash takes water, and the two containers hold kumkum and haldi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it food safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTreat it as a ritual set. Dry prasad and sweets on the thali are fine; we would not serve a meal from it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41498479591475,"sku":"silver-pooja-thali-swastik","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/RakshaBandhanThaliUrliUtsav.jpg?v=1741820807"},{"product_id":"30-inch-om-string-art","title":"30-Inch Om (AUM) String Art - Handmade Nail and Thread Wall Art","description":"\u003cp\u003eOm, written AUM, is the syllable Hindu tradition treats as the first sound - three curves, a crescent and a dot, standing for waking, dreaming, deep sleep and the silence beyond them. Here it is wound in white thread at the centre of a thirty-inch wheel of coloured petals, with small mirrors set into the surround.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 inch diameter - two and a half feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 4,350 g (approx. 9.6 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with nails, coloured thread and tiny mirrors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India, signed by the artist Ekta Thakur Sharma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrives framed and ready to hang\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow it is made\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHundreds of nails are driven into a wooden board along the outline of the image, and coloured thread is then wound between them, pass after pass, until the density of the crossings builds the picture. Nothing is printed and nothing is glued down. The shading you see is thread laid more or less thickly, which is why the surface changes as you move past it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo and a half feet across, 4,350 g - about 9.6 lb. The Om itself is wound in white so it stays legible against the colour behind it, and tiny mirrors are set into the outer band, which is the detail that separates this from the Ganesha piece. Most Om wall decor is cut metal or a vinyl decal; this has depth you can see from an angle and a surface that changes as the light moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYoga and meditation rooms, above an altar or mandir, in a studio reception, on a stair wall, or over a fireplace. It is the piece people buy for a room they want to sit in rather than pass through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe other string art pieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo more are made the same way: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/30-dia-handmade-ganesha-string-art-urli-utsav-nail-and-thread-wall-decor\"\u003eGanesha face\u003c\/a\u003e in the same 30-inch size, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24x12-handmade-golden-gate-bridge-string-art-san-francisco-nail-and-thread-wall-decor\"\u003eGolden Gate Bridge\u003c\/a\u003e in landscape format. All three are signed by the artist, Ekta Thakur Sharma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHooks are fitted to the back. Fix into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for the weight; a plain picture nail will not hold. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust occasionally with a soft dry brush or a low-suction vacuum brush attachment. Keep water and cleaning sprays away from the threads - they will mark and sag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThirty inches across - two and a half feet. Tape up a 30-inch paper circle before ordering; it is larger than most people picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the mirrors real glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - small cut glass mirrors set into the board around the thread work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it signed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each piece is signed by the artist, Ekta Thakur Sharma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a thread come loose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe winding is tensioned and anchored on nails, so a single strand cannot unravel the piece. If a loop is knocked out of place it can be eased back with a fingertip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n4,350 g, about 9.6 lb. Fix both hooks into studs or rated anchors, and hang it with two people.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it the same design as the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe layout and palette are the same, but each wheel is wound by hand, so petal density and colour placement vary slightly between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a yoga studio or a shared space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. At thirty inches it reads clearly from across a room, which is what a studio wall needs. For several units, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Wall pieces travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42332229238835,"sku":"threadart-om","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/om-threadwallart4.jpg?v=1774842553"},{"product_id":"18-inch-lippan-wall-art","title":"18-Inch Lippan Wall Art - Mud and Mirror Mosaic, 7 Designs","description":"\u003cp\u003eLippan kaam is the mud-and-mirror relief work of Kutch in Gujarat, made for centuries by Rabari women on the inside walls of their homes: clay worked into raised patterns with the fingers, then set with abhla - small mirrors - so a single oil lamp lights the whole room. What you are buying is that technique on a board, hand-worked in India by artisans in Bangalore.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 inch diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 mm board thickness, with raised clay relief above it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,100 g (approx. 2.4 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with hand-worked clay relief and glass mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in Bangalore, India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack hook fitted - light enough for a pushpin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per panel - choose one design above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThese seven\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYashodha\u003c\/strong\u003e - Yashoda cradling the infant Krishna, mustard ground, mirrored diamond border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKrishna\u003c\/strong\u003e - Krishna at the flute in a peacock-feather crown, mustard centre, blue-teal border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalaji\u003c\/strong\u003e - Lord Venkateswara of Tirupati, dark green ground, gold crown, lotus-petal border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKathakali\u003c\/strong\u003e - the green pacha face of the Kerala dance-drama, orange ground with white kolam work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShiva\u003c\/strong\u003e - Shiva with the crescent moon, white, gold and navy lotus-petal border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuddha\u003c\/strong\u003e - the Buddha seated among pink lotuses, blue ground, teal border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGanesha\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ganesha in green with a red and gold headdress on dark blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix deities and one dancer. They are painted in different palettes on purpose, so two or three hung together do not read as repeats of the same picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e18 inches across at 1,100 g (approx. 2.4 lb) on a 6 mm board - light enough that a heavy-duty pushpin holds it, which is unusual for a piece this size and matters if you rent. The relief is what you are paying for: run a finger over the face and it is raised, not painted flat, with each mirror pressed into the clay individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbove a mandir or pooja shelf, on an entry wall, over a console, or in a row of three along a stair. The mirrors do their work under a downlight or a lamp rather than in flat daylight, so think about where the light in the room actually falls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe other Lippan sizes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller and plainer: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/16-dia-handmade-generic-lippan-wall-art-5-generic-designs-to-choose-from\"\u003e16-inch dot mandala Lippan\u003c\/a\u003e in five colours, which mixes well with these. Larger: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/23x23-white-ganesha-lippan-wall-art\"\u003e23x23-inch white Ganesha panel\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth or a soft brush - the raised relief holds dust in the grooves. Do not use water or spray cleaner on the clay work. If you want the mirrors bright, wipe them individually with a barely damp corner of the cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Lippan art?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMud-and-mirror relief work from Kutch in Gujarat, traditionally done by Rabari women on the interior walls of their homes. Clay is worked into raised patterns by hand and small mirrors are set into it. These panels use the same technique on a board so it can hang anywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Kathakali a deity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo - Kathakali is the classical dance-drama of Kerala, and the green face is its heroic pacha make-up. It is the one design in the seven that is not a deity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Balaji the same as Venkateswara?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Balaji is the common North Indian name for Lord Venkateswara, the form of Vishnu at Tirupati.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the mirrors real glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each abhla is a small cut glass mirror set into the clay by hand while it is still workable. They are not printed, and they are not plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. The relief is pressed out by hand and every mirror is placed individually, so the spacing and the line weight differ slightly from piece to piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the clay work chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt can if the panel is knocked hard against something, in the same way plasterwork can. In normal use on a wall it does not. Panels ship flat with corner protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA hook is fitted to the back. At 1,100 g a heavy-duty pushpin or a small nail is enough - no anchors needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors or in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is clay relief on an MDF board. Damp softens the clay and swells the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Lippan panels travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If one arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Yashodha","offer_id":42334046683187,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-yashodha","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Krishna","offer_id":42334046715955,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-krishna","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Balaji","offer_id":42334046748723,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-balaji","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Kathakali","offer_id":42334046781491,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-kathakali","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Shiva","offer_id":42334085152819,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-shiva","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Buddha","offer_id":42334046814259,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-buddha","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ganesha","offer_id":42334046847027,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-ganesha","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/EthnicLippan-Ganesha2.jpg?v=1735872625"},{"product_id":"radha-krishna-wall-art","title":"Radha Krishna Wall Art – 20x16 Raised Jharokha Panel","description":"\u003cp\u003eRadha and Krishna seated together inside a jharokha arch, both built up in raised relief so they stand clear of the panel and throw a real shadow. Krishna is blue-skinned with a peacock-feather crown and his flute at his lips; Radha sits beside him in a green choli and red skirt, her odhni drawn over her hair. Behind them the ground runs from magenta into deep violet. Around the arch, a saffron field worked with fine gold jaali line work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20\"H × 16\"W × 10mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.73 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF panel with raised MDF relief figures and mirror accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging fittings on the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow it is made\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe figures are cut individually — the flute, the crown, each layer of cloth — then built up on the panel so the composition has depth rather than being painted flat. Painting comes after: the gold border on Radha’s skirt, the dots on Krishna’s dhoti, the jewellery, the eyes. The ombre ground behind them is blended by hand, which is why no two panels shade at quite the same point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePooja rooms and prayer corners first. Beyond that: entryways, living-room gallery walls, and above a console — the photographs show it hung between two smaller framed pieces, which is how it works best in a group. It is a common wedding and griha pravesh gift, since Radha and Krishna are the traditional emblem of devoted love.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFittings are on the back. At 1.73 kg use a screw into a drywall anchor rather than a bare nail. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft brush, working around the raised figures. Do not spray liquid at the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the figures raised or printed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRaised. They are cut and layered onto the panel, then painted. Look at the angled photograph and you can see them standing off the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a pooja room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, and that is where most of them go. It is a wall panel rather than an idol, so it carries no ritual requirements — hang it where it can be seen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good wedding gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is one of our most-gifted pieces for weddings and housewarmings. Radha and Krishna together are the standard emblem of devotion, and at 20 × 16 inches it is substantial enough to read as a real gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor weddings, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42355428261939,"sku":"jharokha-radha-krishna","price":180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/RadhaKrishna-UrliUtsavWallArt-1.jpg?v=1728356771"},{"product_id":"wooden-kumkum-box-4-inch","title":"Wooden Kumkum Box - 4-Inch Hand-Painted Tikka Box, 3 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eA kumkum box - kumkum bharani - is the small lidded pot that holds the vermilion and turmeric used to mark a tilak on the forehead. It sits on the pooja shelf, comes out at every aarti, and is handed to guests at weddings and housewarmings. This one is turned from mango wood, four inches across, and painted by hand in three finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 inch diameter, with a lift-off lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 100 g (approx. 3.5 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per box - choose one finish above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKumkum and turmeric are not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the least expensive thing we make that still looks handmade, which is the whole reason it works as a return gift. The paint is applied freehand over turned mango wood - gold line work over a coloured ground on the green and red, cream floral over dark wood on the antique. Nothing about it is printed or transferred. Mango wood is the standard timber for painted Rajasthani woodwork: dense enough to carve and hold a hinge, and cut from trees at the end of their fruiting life rather than felled for timber, which is why it is the sustainable choice in Indian craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen\u003c\/strong\u003e - deep green ground with gold trim and line work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e - the traditional colour for a kumkum box, gold trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntique\u003c\/strong\u003e - dark natural wood with cream floral painting, the quietest of the three\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed is the one people buy for their own pooja shelf. Green and antique are the ones that get bought in bulk for functions, because they read less specifically religious and work as a trinket or ring box for a guest who does not use kumkum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the pooja shelf or inside the mandir, in a thali for aarti, on a dressing table for rings and studs, or on a desk for paper clips. At four inches it takes up almost no room, which is why people end up with several.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the return gift. Weddings, griha pravesh, Diwali, Karva Chauth, Varalakshmi Vratam, baby showers - it is small enough to hand to every guest, inexpensive enough to buy fifty of, and traditional enough that nobody has to explain it. Many customers fill them with kumkum, haldi or sweets before giving them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface, and do not soak it. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a kumkum box used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nHolding kumkum - the red vermilion powder used for the tilak - and often haldi, turmeric, alongside it. It lives on the pooja shelf and comes out for aarti and for marking guests at weddings and festivals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with kumkum in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. You get the empty box. Most people fill it themselves before giving it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the lid tight enough to travel with powder in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a lift-off lid, not a screw or a seal. It holds powder on a shelf, but tape it or bag it if it is going in a suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow small is it, really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFour inches across - about the size of a teacup saucer, and 100 g in the hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold anything other than kumkum?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. People use them for rings, earrings, saffron, small sweets and supari. It is a lidded wooden box; the name is what it is traditionally for, not a restriction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Every piece is painted freehand, so line weight and the exact placing of the motifs shift a little between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the antique one painted or just stained?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPainted. The wood is left dark and the floral work is applied in cream on top of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - this is one of the pieces people order in tens and twenties for functions. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":42365662298163,"sku":"kumkum-box-green","price":18.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42365662330931,"sku":"kumkum-box-red","price":18.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Antique","offer_id":42365662363699,"sku":"kumkum-box-antique","price":18.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/kumkumbox6.jpg?v=1736404947"},{"product_id":"12-handpainted-wooden-horse-table-decor-ethnic","title":"Wooden Horse - 12-Inch Hand-Painted Rajasthani Figure","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe horse is Rajasthan's folk animal. It carries Ramdevji, the state's most widely worshipped folk deity; it is left as a votive offering at his shrines in clay and in wood; and it turns up carved, painted and embroidered across the whole region. This is that horse in mango wood - twelve inches long, hand-carved, and painted with a floral saddle blanket over a single strong ground colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 inches long x 11 inches wide, as measured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 740 g (approx. 1.6 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStands unaided on a level surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per horse - choose one colour above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e740 g of solid mango wood. The saddle blanket is where the painting concentrates: a floral panel over the flank, a bridle picked out along the head, and fine line work down the legs. It is laid on freehand, so the flowers differ from horse to horse even inside one colour. Carved in the round, not pressed - the mane and the tail stand away from the body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTwelve inch or ten inch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make this horse in two sizes. The twelve-inch is the one that holds a console or a mantel on its own; the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/10-inch-handpainted-wooden-horse-table-decor\"\u003eten-inch\u003c\/a\u003e is lighter and cheaper and works better in a pair, on a bookshelf, or beside something larger. Both come in the same six colours, so a twelve and a ten in the same colour make a natural mother-and-foal grouping - which is how most people who buy two end up arranging them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e - the traditional festival colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange\u003c\/strong\u003e - marigold, the brightest of the six\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurple\u003c\/strong\u003e - deep violet with contrast floral work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e - mid blue, the easiest in a modern room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGray\u003c\/strong\u003e - the most neutral, and the one that suits a room with no other Indian decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e - black ground with the floral saddle in full contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA console, a mantel, an entryway table, a bookshelf, or a child's room. It also works on a dining table as an alternative to flowers, since it does not block sightlines the way a tall centerpiece does. Two facing each other on a sideboard is the arrangement that reads most deliberately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHousewarming, griha pravesh, a new business - the horse carries associations of forward movement and good fortune, which is why it is a common gift at a beginning. Also a straightforward gift for a child, and a Rajasthani souvenir for anyone who has travelled there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth, working into the carved detail with a soft brush. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the horse such a common Rajasthani motif?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBecause of Ramdevji, the folk deity of western Rajasthan, who is shown riding one. Clay and wooden horses are left at his shrines as offerings, and the form spread from there into everyday craft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it compared with the ten-inch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo inches longer and about 270 g heavier - 740 g against 470 g. The difference on a shelf is more noticeable than the numbers suggest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it stand steadily?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is carved with all four legs on a level plane and it does not need a base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSolid mango wood, carved in the round. Nothing hollow or resin-cast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Every horse is carved and painted by hand, so the saddle flowers and the line work vary between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it safe for a child's room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is solid wood with no small removable parts, so as a shelf piece it is fine. It is not a toy - the painted finish will not survive being played with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Purple","offer_id":42367559434291,"sku":"horse-12inch-purple","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42367559368755,"sku":"horse-12inch-red","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":42367559335987,"sku":"horse-12inch-gray","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42367559401523,"sku":"horse-12inch-blue","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":43464635678771,"sku":null,"price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":43464635711539,"sku":null,"price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/Horses2.jpg?v=1737351816"},{"product_id":"isar-gangaur-dolls-hand-painted","title":"Isar Gangaur Dolls - Hand-Painted Wooden Pair, 6 Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eIsar and Gangaur are Shiva and Parvati as a married couple, and in Rajasthan they are made as a pair of standing wooden figures for the festival that carries her name. Women dress them, decorate them and carry them in procession through Chaitra, the fortnight after Holi. This is that pair: a 13-inch king and a 12-inch queen, carved from mango wood and painted by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIsar (king): 13.1 inches tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGangaur (queen): 12.4 inches tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 950 g for the pair (approx. 2.1 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair - one king and one queen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per pair - choose one colour above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Gangaur is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGangaur is Rajasthan's spring festival for Gauri - Parvati - and it runs for eighteen days from the day after Holi. Married women observe it for the long life of their husbands; unmarried women for a good one. The images of Isar and Gauri are washed, dressed in fresh clothes and jewellery, sung to, and finally carried to water on the last day. Jaipur's Gangaur procession, out of the City Palace, is the one people travel to see.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e950 g for the pair, in solid mango wood, standing 13.1 and 12.4 inches. The painting is where the work is: crowns, jewellery, the pleats of her lehenga and his jama, all laid in freehand over a single ground colour. Look at two boxes of the same colour side by side and the faces are subtly different people - that is a hand, not a mould. Six colours, and the pair always comes as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e - the traditional festival colour, and the most-bought\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow\u003c\/strong\u003e - warm and bright, good against dark wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrange\u003c\/strong\u003e - the marigold shade, strong at Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e - the coolest of the six, easiest in a modern room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen\u003c\/strong\u003e - deep and quiet, pairs well with the red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink\u003c\/strong\u003e - the softest, and popular for a girl's room or a nursery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral of our customers buy two pairs in different colours and set them facing each other. Red and green is the combination that appears most often in the photographs on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere they go\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn a console or a sideboard, either side of a lamp or a piece of wall art. On the pooja shelf during Gangaur and Teej. On a bookshelf, where the height difference between the two reads well against a row of spines. They also work in a child's room - they are figures rather than deities in the strict sense, and nothing about them is fragile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe obvious wedding gift: a married couple, given to a married couple, with the festival meaning attached. Also given at griha pravesh, at Gangaur and Teej, and as a Rajasthani souvenir for someone who has been there. They travel well - solid wood, no glass, no protruding parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface, and do not soak them. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho are Isar and Gangaur?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIsar is Shiva and Gangaur is Gauri, or Parvati - Shiva and his consort, shown as a married couple rather than as deities in a temple pose. Gan-gaur is a compound of Gan, for Shiva, and Gaur, for Gauri.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a religious object?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a folk representation rather than a consecrated murti. Households in Rajasthan do worship their Gangaur images during the festival, but these are sold as decorative figures and there is no consecration involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I get both dolls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. One king and one queen, in the colour you choose. They are not sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall are they really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n13.1 inches for the king and 12.4 for the queen, so about the height of a large book standing up. Together they weigh just over two pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. Every pair is painted freehand, so the faces, the jewellery and the border work differ a little between sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they stand on their own?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, both are carved with a flat base and stand unaided on a level surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is Gangaur?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt begins the day after Holi and runs eighteen days, so it falls in March or April depending on the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - they are a common wedding and function gift. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if they arrive damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace them or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If they arrive damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":42367726649395,"sku":"gangaur-yellow","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":42367726682163,"sku":"gangaur-red","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":42367726714931,"sku":"gangaur-blue","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":42410927325235,"sku":"gangaur-orange","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":42367726747699,"sku":"gangaur-green","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":42966075375667,"sku":"gangaur-pink","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/Gangaur1.jpg?v=1749287987"},{"product_id":"elephant-stool-side-table-black-orange","title":"Elephant Stool Side Table - Black \u0026 Orange Hand-Painted","description":"\u003cp\u003eA hand-carved mango wood elephant with a round table top across its back - fourteen inches high, eighteen across, and heavy enough to stay where you put it. It works as an end table, a nightstand or a plant stand, and it is the piece in the room people ask about.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. 14 inches high (13.8 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e13 inch round top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 inches across at the widest point, ear to ear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 5,760 g (approx. 12.7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid mango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrives assembled - nothing to build\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold singly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat an elephant stool is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe carved elephant stool is a Rajasthani workshop staple - a low four-legged table with the animal's head, ears and trunk cut into the front and a round top across its back. It comes from the tradition of the caparisoned procession elephant, and it does the job of a side table while looking like nothing else in the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5,760 g - just under 13 lb - of solid mango wood. That weight is the whole argument: it does not shift when you put a mug down on it, it does not need levelling, and at 18 inches ear to ear it holds a lamp, a stack of books and a cup at the same time. The painting is applied freehand over the carving, so the mandala on the top and the detail on the ears differ from one stool to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeside a sofa or an armchair as an end table. As a bedside table in a room too narrow for a nightstand. Under a window as a plant stand. In an entryway holding keys and a lamp. In a nursery or a child's room, where the elephant is the point rather than the function. Two either side of a bed reads as deliberate; one on its own reads as found.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the family\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same stool is made in two finishes. On the \u003cstrong\u003epainted\u003c\/strong\u003e versions the whole body is colour - these read as decor first. On the \u003cstrong\u003ewood-finish\u003c\/strong\u003e versions the body is left as bare mango wood and only the top and the saddle are painted - these read as furniture first and sit more quietly in a room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePainted bodies: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/elephant-stool-side-table-black\"\u003eblack body, three tops\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/elephant-stool-side-table-red-blue\"\u003ered body, blue top\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/elephant-stool-side-table-white-red\"\u003ewhite body, red top\u003c\/a\u003e. Wood finishes: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/natural-wood-elephant-stool-boho-side-table-coffee-table\"\u003enatural wood, three tops\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/wooden-elephant-stool-14-inch-tall-boho-side-table-for-bed-living-room\"\u003edark brown wood, four tops\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface, and stand a wet glass on a coaster - the paint is hard-wearing but it is not a lacquered tabletop. Keep it out of direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours is this one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA black body with an orange and purple mandala top, and green, gold and orange painting across the ears and trunk. It is the warmest of the four painted bodies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I sit on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe sell it as a side table and a plant stand, and we do not publish a load rating for it, so we will not tell you it is a seat. It is solid mango wood on four carved legs and it takes the weight of a lamp, books or a large planter without complaint. If you want something to sit on, look at the charpai rope stools in the same collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much will fit on the top?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe top is a 13 inch circle. A table lamp and a book, or a mug and a small plant, or a medium planter on its own. It is a side table rather than a coffee table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It arrives as one carved piece with the top fitted. Take it out of the box and use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - solid mango wood, carved rather than assembled from panels. At 12.7 lb for a 14-inch stool the weight is the check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. The mandala on the top and the detail on the ears and legs are painted freehand, so no two stools match exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOn a covered porch for an evening, yes. Not permanently - mango wood moves with humidity and the painted finish will lift if it is rained on or left damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - they are ordered in pairs and in fours for events and hospitality. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. The stool travels foam-secured and bubble-wrapped in a fragile-marked box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42396192964659,"sku":"sidetable-105","price":140.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/ElephantStool-Orange-1.jpg?v=1737883077"},{"product_id":"23x23-white-ganesha-lippan-wall-art","title":"White Ganesha Lippan Wall Art - 23x23-Inch Mud \u0026 Mirror Panel","description":"\u003cp\u003eGanesha worked in white clay relief across a 23 by 23 inch panel - trunk, crown, the raised hand of blessing - with mirrors set into the modelling. Almost all Lippan is polychrome; this one is not. Taking the colour out leaves the relief and the mirrors to do everything, which is why it reads as sculpture rather than as a painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e23 inches high x 23 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3,100 g (approx. 6.8 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with hand-worked white clay relief and glass mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-made in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack hook fitted - hang with a nail into a stud or a rated anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold singly, no variants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Lippan art is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLippan kaam is the mud-and-mirror relief work of Kutch in Gujarat, made for centuries by Rabari women on the inside walls of their homes: clay worked into raised patterns with the fingers, then set with abhla - small mirrors - so a single oil lamp lights the whole room. What you are buying is that technique on a board, hand-worked in India.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3,100 g - nearly seven pounds - and just under two feet square. It is the largest and by some distance the heaviest Lippan piece we make, and the only one in white. The weight is clay: there is a great deal more relief on this panel than on the round ones, which is what lets a monochrome piece hold a wall. Under a downlight the shadows in the modelling do the work that colour does elsewhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbove a mandir, on the wall facing a front door, over a fireplace, or at the head of a stairwell. It suits a coloured or textured wall better than a white one - against white the relief flattens out and you lose the shadow that makes it work. Charcoal, deep green, teal and warm grey all give it something to stand against.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hook is fitted to the back. At 3,100 g this is not a pushpin piece - use a nail into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for the weight. Screws and anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe other Lippan pieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe round panels are lighter and smaller: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/18-dia-handmade-ethnic-lippan-wall-art-12-ethnic-designs-to-choose-from\"\u003e18-inch deity designs\u003c\/a\u003e in seven subjects, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/16-dia-handmade-generic-lippan-wall-art-5-generic-designs-to-choose-from\"\u003e16-inch dot mandala\u003c\/a\u003e in five colours. A pair of the smaller rounds either side of this panel is the arrangement people ask for most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth or a soft brush - the raised relief holds dust in the grooves. Do not use water or spray cleaner on the clay work. If you want the mirrors bright, wipe them individually with a barely damp corner of the cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is it white when Lippan is usually coloured?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTraditional Lippan is clay and mirror, and the colour came later. Leaving it white returns it to the relief and the abhla, and gives you a piece that works in a room where a polychrome panel would be too much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n3,100 g, about 6.8 lb. Heavy enough to need a proper fixing - see above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the mirrors real glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each abhla is a small cut glass mirror set into the clay by hand while it is still workable. They are not printed, and they are not plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the relief deep?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDeeper than on the round panels. That is where most of the extra weight is, and it is why the piece casts shadow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. The relief is pressed out by hand and every mirror is placed individually, so the spacing and the line weight differ slightly from piece to piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the clay work chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt can if the panel is knocked hard against something, in the same way plasterwork can. In normal use on a wall it does not. Panels ship flat with corner protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable above a mandir?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is the most common use. It is a decorative panel rather than a consecrated murti - treat it as you would a framed deity image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors or in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is clay relief on an MDF board. Damp softens the clay and swells the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Lippan panels travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If one arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42397248389171,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-whiteganesha","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/ganesha-wallart-3.jpg?v=1781330391"},{"product_id":"18-matki-dahihandi-lippan-wall-art","title":"Krishna Lippan Wall Art Medallions - 4 Mud \u0026 Mirror Designs","description":"\u003cp\u003eFour round Lippan medallions, each taking one image out of the Krishna story and giving it a disc of its own: the cow, the flute, the dancing feet, and the pot of butter. Sold one at a time in three sizes, so you can buy the single one that fits a gap or build the group the photographs show.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRound medallions in three sizes: 12 inch, 14 inch, 18 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeights from 570 g to 1,740 g depending on the design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with hand-worked clay relief and glass mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-made in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack hook fitted - the 12 and 14 inch pieces are light enough for a pushpin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per medallion - choose one design above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Lippan art is\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLippan kaam is the mud-and-mirror relief work of Kutch in Gujarat, made for centuries by Rabari women on the inside walls of their homes: clay worked into raised patterns with the fingers, then set with abhla - small mirrors - so a single oil lamp lights the whole room. What you are buying is that technique on a board, hand-worked in India.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe four designs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePichwaiCow\u003c\/strong\u003e - 12 inches, 570 g (approx. 1.3 lb). The cow of the Nathdwara Pichwai tradition, mirror mosaic border. The smallest and least expensive of the four\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKrishnaFlute\u003c\/strong\u003e - 14 inches, 840 g (approx. 1.9 lb). Two hands on the bansuri, the shorthand for Krishna without a portrait\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDancingFeet\u003c\/strong\u003e - 14 inches, 840 g (approx. 1.9 lb). Krishna's feet and the drape of his dhoti, anklets included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDahihandi\u003c\/strong\u003e - 18 inches, 1,740 g (approx. 3.8 lb). The clay pot of butter on a lotus base, the largest and heaviest of the four\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe price is per medallion.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each is a separate piece with its own hook, and the price shown changes with the design you select. Add several to the cart if you want the group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich to buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuying one: the Dahihandi at 18 inches is the only one big enough to hold a wall alone. Buying two: the flute and the dancing feet are the same 14-inch size and read as a natural pair. Buying three or four: put the Dahihandi at the centre or the top, since it is four inches larger than the others, and cluster the rest around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the four designs mean\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDahihandi\u003c\/strong\u003e - the pot of curd and butter hung high, which Krishna and the gopas formed a human pyramid to reach. Re-enacted every Janmashtami\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKrishna's flute\u003c\/strong\u003e - the bansuri identifies Krishna the way no portrait needs to\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDancing feet\u003c\/strong\u003e - the raas, Krishna's dance with the gopis of Vrindavan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePichwai cow\u003c\/strong\u003e - the herd Krishna kept, and the recurring subject of the Nathdwara cloth paintings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbove a mandir, over a sofa, along a stair wall, or in the gap beside a doorway. A cluster of three or four at mixed sizes fills a wall better than one large piece, and because each has its own hook you can adjust the spacing after they are up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Lippan\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same subjects come as a matched three-panel set in the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radha-krishna-lippan-indian-wall-art-pichwaicow-flute\"\u003eRadha Krishna Lippan set\u003c\/a\u003e. For deity portraits on a single round, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/18-dia-handmade-ethnic-lippan-wall-art-12-ethnic-designs-to-choose-from\"\u003e18-inch Lippan panels\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth or a soft brush - the raised relief holds dust in the grooves. Do not use water or spray cleaner on the clay work. If you want the mirrors bright, wipe them individually with a barely damp corner of the cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one medallion or the whole group?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOne. The photographs show them grouped because that is how most people hang them, but each design is priced and sold separately. Add several to the cart for a group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Dahihandi?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe Janmashtami custom of hanging a pot of curd and butter high off the ground for young men to reach by building a human pyramid - a re-enactment of Krishna stealing butter as a child. The medallion shows the pot on a lotus base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy do the prices differ?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSize and the amount of relief work. The 12-inch cow is the least expensive, the two 14-inch designs sit in the middle, and the 18-inch Dahihandi is the most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach has a hook on the back. At 570 to 840 g the 12 and 14 inch pieces take a heavy-duty pushpin. The 18-inch Dahihandi at 1,740 g wants a nail into a stud or a rated anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the mirrors real glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each abhla is a small cut glass mirror set into the clay by hand while it is still workable. They are not printed, and they are not plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClose, not identical. The relief is pressed out by hand and every mirror is placed individually, so spacing and line weight differ slightly from set to set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the clay work chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt can if a panel is knocked hard against something, in the same way plasterwork can. In normal use on a wall it does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors or in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is clay relief on an MDF board. Damp softens the clay and swells the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if a panel arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Lippan panels travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If a panel arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Pichwai Cow","offer_id":43176527986739,"sku":"Lippan-Pichwai-Cow","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dancing Feet","offer_id":43176528019507,"sku":"Lippan-Dancing-Feet","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Krishna Flute","offer_id":43176528052275,"sku":"Lippan-Krishna-Flute","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dahi Handi","offer_id":43176528085043,"sku":"Lippan-Dahihandi","price":140.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/LippanWallArt-8.jpg?v=1740733130"},{"product_id":"compact-white-red-mandir-drawers","title":"Elegant Red Wooden Temple – Pooja Mandir","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003epooja mandir\u003c\/strong\u003e is a home temple — the cabinet that holds deity idols, diyas and puja essentials in a Hindu household. This one is hand-painted white and red with two built-in drawers, and comes in two heights so it fits either a dedicated pooja room or a compact apartment corner. Both heights can stand on the floor or hang on a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 23\"H × 22\"W × 11\"D, 8 kg · Large 30\"H × 22\"W × 11\"D, 10 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBajot 6\"H × 24\"W × 12\"D, 7.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid mango wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: hand-embossed painting, white and red with gold finial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor-standing or wall hanging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo drawers and a tray on the mandir; two more drawers on the bajot where included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich model do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo questions decide it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much height do you have?\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard is 23 inches tall and 8 kg, with 7 inches of interior clearance. Large is 30 inches and 10 kg, with 10 inches of clearance. Both are 22\" wide and 11\" deep on the outside, and both give 20\" of interior width and 8\" of depth. Measure your tallest murti including its base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you want the bajot?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bajot is a matching 6\"H × 24\"W × 12\"D platform that raises the mandir to seated eye level and can also be used on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel 1\u003c\/strong\u003e — Standard, 23\"H × 22\"W × 11\"D outside, interior 7\"H × 20\"W × 8\"D, mandir only · 8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel 2\u003c\/strong\u003e — Standard + bajot · 15.2 kg together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel 3\u003c\/strong\u003e — Large, 30\"H × 22\"W × 11\"D outside, interior 10\"H × 20\"W × 8\"D, mandir only · 10 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModel 4\u003c\/strong\u003e — Large + bajot · 17.2 kg together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e and new-home setups. Daily puja. Diwali and Lakshmi Puja. Navratri and Golu. Ganesh Chaturthi. Satyanarayan Puja. The 23-inch Standard is the one to choose for a condo or a shared room where floor space is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a dry cloth. Keep out of direct sunlight. Do not use water or solvent cleaners on the hand-painted surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it arrive assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It ships fully assembled — no tools and no construction. The only step is flipping the decorative crown into position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it include an interior light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The interior is open and unlit, which lets you fit an LED pooja light of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I keep a lit diya inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUse the pull-out drawer. Slide it open and set the diya there, so the flame sits in open air rather than inside the closed cabinet. Keep it clear of the doors and the painted surfaces, and do not leave it burning unattended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size idols will fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStandard gives 7\"H × 20\"W × 8\"D of interior space; Large gives 10\"H × 20\"W × 8\"D. Both are 20 inches wide inside, so either takes several idols side by side — the difference between them is headroom. Measure your tallest murti including its base, and leave room above it for a crown or a small diya.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be wall mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Both heights are suitable for wall hanging as well as floor-standing. Mounting hardware is not included, and at 8–10 kg it should be anchored into studs — use a professional installer if you are not confident fitting heavy furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bajot included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOnly on Models 2 and 4. Models 1 and 3 are the mandir alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStandard 8 kg, Large 10 kg. With the bajot added, Model 2 is 15.2 kg and Model 4 is 17.2 kg — around 34 and 38 lb. Plan on two people for the bajot models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much do the drawers hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEveryday pooja essentials — a kumkum box, an incense packet, karpoor, matches, a small bell. Sized for daily items rather than bulk storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSolid mango wood, finished with hand-embossed painting. Every piece is painted by hand in India, so small variations in the detailing are normal and are a mark of the craft rather than a defect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I care for it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe with a dry cloth. Keep it out of direct sunlight so the painted finish holds its colour, and avoid water or solvent cleaners on the hand-painted surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured and we cover transit damage. Photograph the damage and email contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days, in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so for an item this size please measure your space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range of home temples, bajots and chowkis in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/wooden-pooja-mandirs-bajot-chowki-usa\"\u003eHome Temples \u0026amp; Mandirs\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Model-1","offer_id":44050874531891,"sku":"mandir-96","price":300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Model-2","offer_id":44050874564659,"sku":"mandir-96-bajot","price":460.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Model-3","offer_id":44050874597427,"sku":"mandir-295","price":350.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Model-4","offer_id":44050874630195,"sku":"mandir-295-bajot","price":510.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/RedMandir-UrliUtsav4_4e8f6c05-468e-455c-90a8-a8c24286ea70.jpg?v=1770972904"},{"product_id":"18x18x6-5-wooden-pooja-chowki-bajot","title":"Wooden White Pooja Chowki - 18x18x6.5-Inches Gold Bajot","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003echowki\u003c\/strong\u003e, also called a \u003cstrong\u003ebajot\u003c\/strong\u003e, is a low wooden platform used to raise deity idols, a kalash or a puja thali off the floor during ritual. It is what a mandir sits on, and it doubles as a standalone altar in its own right. This one is 18 inches square, in mango wood, hand-painted white and gold to match our mandir range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 × 18 × 6.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 3.04 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: premium mango wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: embossed hand-painting in white and gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen it is used\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSatyanarayan Puja\u003c\/strong\u003e, where the deity is seated on the chowki for the ceremony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVaralakshmi Vratam\u003c\/strong\u003e and Lakshmi Puja\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolu and Navratri\u003c\/strong\u003e displays, where several chowkis are stacked into steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGanesh Chaturthi\u003c\/strong\u003e, as the seat for the idol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutside ritual: a meditation seat, plant stand or low accent table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe two options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase unit\u003c\/strong\u003e is the chowki on its own. \u003cstrong\u003eWith cover\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a fitted padded cover, cut to this chowki's dimensions, which protects the painted surface when idols and lamps sit directly on it and gives the setup a finished look for a ceremony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a dry cloth. Keep out of direct sunlight. Avoid standing water or oil from diyas directly on the painted surface — this is what the cover is for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a chowki and a bajot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNothing — they are two names for the same thing. Chowki is more common in north India, bajot in the west. Both mean a low platform for ritual use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the cover option add?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA fitted padded cover cut to this chowki's dimensions. It protects the painted top when idols and lamps sit directly on it, and gives the setup a finished look for a ceremony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a lit diya on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, but use the cover. An open flame directly on the hand-painted surface will mark it over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it hold a mandir?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. At 18 inches square it takes a compact mandir, and it is regularly used as the riser under one. For a 22\" or 24\" wide mandir, choose a wider bajot instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It arrives as a single solid piece, ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSolid mango wood, hand-painted white and gold with embossed detailing. Painted by hand in India, so small variations are normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I care for it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe with a dry cloth. Keep it out of direct sunlight so the painted finish holds its colour, and avoid water or solvent cleaners on the hand-painted surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured and we cover transit damage. Photograph the damage and email contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days, in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so for an item this size please measure your space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range of home temples, bajots and chowkis in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/wooden-pooja-mandirs-bajot-chowki-usa\"\u003eHome Temples \u0026amp; Mandirs\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Bajot – Base Unit","offer_id":44057685196851,"sku":"bajot-94","price":126.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bajot – With Cover","offer_id":44057685229619,"sku":"bajot-94-cover","price":150.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/PureWhiteChowki-UrliUtsav-main.jpg?v=1769372415"},{"product_id":"18x18x6-5-wooden-pooja-chowki-bajot-gold-boarder","title":"Wooden White Pooja Chowki - 18x18x6.5-Inches Gold Border Bajot","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003echowki\u003c\/strong\u003e, also called a \u003cstrong\u003ebajot\u003c\/strong\u003e, is a low wooden platform used to raise deity idols, a kalash or a puja thali off the floor during ritual. It is what a mandir sits on, and it works equally well as a standalone altar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis one is 18 inches square in mango wood, hand-painted white with a gold border and a mandala top.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18\" × 18\" × 6.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 3.04 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid mango wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: hand-embossed painting, white with a gold border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen it is used\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSatyanarayan Puja\u003c\/strong\u003e, where the deity is seated on the chowki for the ceremony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVaralakshmi Vratam\u003c\/strong\u003e and Lakshmi Puja\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolu and Navratri\u003c\/strong\u003e displays, where several chowkis are stacked into steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGanesh Chaturthi\u003c\/strong\u003e, as the seat for the idol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutside ritual: a meditation seat, a plant stand or a low accent table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe two options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase unit\u003c\/strong\u003e is the chowki on its own. \u003cstrong\u003eWith cover\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a fitted padded cover cut to these dimensions, which protects the painted top and finishes the setup for a ceremony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a dry cloth. Keep out of direct sunlight. Avoid standing water or oil from diyas directly on the painted surface — this is what the cover is for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a chowki and a bajot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNothing — they are two names for the same thing. Chowki is more common in north India, bajot in the west. Both mean a low platform for ritual use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the cover option add?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA fitted padded cover cut to this chowki's dimensions. It protects the painted top when idols and lamps sit directly on it, and gives the setup a finished look for a ceremony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a lit diya on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, but use the cover. An open flame directly on the hand-painted surface will mark it over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it hold a mandir?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. At 18 inches square it takes a compact mandir, and it is regularly used as the riser under one. For a 22\" or 24\" wide mandir, choose a wider bajot instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It arrives as a single solid piece, ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSolid mango wood, hand-painted white with a gold border with embossed detailing. Painted by hand in India, so small variations are normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I care for it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe with a dry cloth. Keep it out of direct sunlight so the painted finish holds its colour, and avoid water or solvent cleaners on the hand-painted surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured and we cover transit damage. Photograph the damage and email contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days, in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so for an item this size please measure your space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range of home temples, bajots and chowkis in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/wooden-pooja-mandirs-bajot-chowki-usa\"\u003eHome Temples \u0026amp; Mandirs\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Bajot – With Cover","offer_id":44057685164083,"sku":"bajot-95-cover","price":150.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bajot – Base Unit","offer_id":44057685131315,"sku":"bajot-95","price":126.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/WhiteChowki-UrliUtsav-main.jpg?v=1769372301"},{"product_id":"18x18x6-5-wooden-pooja-chowki-bajot-white-red","title":"Wooden White Pooja Chowki - 18x18x6.5-Inches Red Bajot","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003echowki\u003c\/strong\u003e, also called a \u003cstrong\u003ebajot\u003c\/strong\u003e, is a low wooden platform used to raise deity idols, a kalash or a puja thali off the floor during ritual. It is what a mandir sits on, and it works equally well as a standalone altar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis one is 18 inches square in mango wood, hand-painted white and red — the traditional festive palette, and the usual choice for Diwali and Navratri setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18\" × 18\" × 6.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 3.04 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid mango wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: hand-embossed painting, white and red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen it is used\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSatyanarayan Puja\u003c\/strong\u003e, where the deity is seated on the chowki for the ceremony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVaralakshmi Vratam\u003c\/strong\u003e and Lakshmi Puja\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGolu and Navratri\u003c\/strong\u003e displays, where several chowkis are stacked into steps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGanesh Chaturthi\u003c\/strong\u003e, as the seat for the idol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutside ritual: a meditation seat, a plant stand or a low accent table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe two options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase unit\u003c\/strong\u003e is the chowki on its own. \u003cstrong\u003eWith cover\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a fitted padded cover cut to these dimensions, which protects the painted top and finishes the setup for a ceremony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a dry cloth. Keep out of direct sunlight. Avoid standing water or oil from diyas directly on the painted surface — this is what the cover is for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a chowki and a bajot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNothing — they are two names for the same thing. Chowki is more common in north India, bajot in the west. Both mean a low platform for ritual use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the cover option add?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA fitted padded cover cut to this chowki's dimensions. It protects the painted top when idols and lamps sit directly on it, and gives the setup a finished look for a ceremony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a lit diya on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, but use the cover. An open flame directly on the hand-painted surface will mark it over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it hold a mandir?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. At 18 inches square it takes a compact mandir, and it is regularly used as the riser under one. For a 22\" or 24\" wide mandir, choose a wider bajot instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It arrives as a single solid piece, ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSolid mango wood, hand-painted white and red with embossed detailing. Painted by hand in India, so small variations are normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I care for it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWipe with a dry cloth. Keep it out of direct sunlight so the painted finish holds its colour, and avoid water or solvent cleaners on the hand-painted surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured and we cover transit damage. Photograph the damage and email contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days, in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so for an item this size please measure your space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range of home temples, bajots and chowkis in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/wooden-pooja-mandirs-bajot-chowki-usa\"\u003eHome Temples \u0026amp; Mandirs\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Bajot – Base Unit","offer_id":44057683853363,"sku":"bajot-93","price":126.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bajot – With Cover","offer_id":44057683886131,"sku":"bajot-93-bajot","price":150.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/WhiteWoodenChowki-UrliUtsav-main.jpg?v=1769372205"},{"product_id":"marigold-with-ball-design-artificial-floral-garland-set","title":"Marigold Ball Garland Set of 10 - 5FT, 2FT or Chandelier","description":"\u003cp\u003eA marigold string with a round ball flower worked along its length, so it reads with more depth than a flat garland when it is hanging at eye level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe chandelier version is the reason most people find this listing — a 48 inch drop on an 11 inch ring that hangs over a table, a pandal entrance or a patio pergola.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 strings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarland length: 5 feet or 2 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChandelier: 48 inches long, 11 inch ring diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: Red, Orange, Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGanpati decoration and Durga Puja pandals · Diwali and Navratri · Golu step displays · outdoor weddings and garden parties · patio and pergola styling · event photographers building backdrops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHang the chandelier over a dining table, a pandal entrance or a pergola where a horizontal garland cannot reach. Use the 5FT strings down a doorway and the 2FT on shelves and step edges. Mix the chandelier with the strings for a layered pandal setup from one listing. Event photographers use the 5FT strings as photo backdrops because they hang flat and read cleanly on camera.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGanpati and Ganesh Chaturthi, Durga Puja, Diwali, Navratri, Golu, outdoor weddings and garden parties, patio and pergola styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ball flower gives the strand depth at eye level, where a flat garland disappears. Having the chandelier and the strings on one listing means a whole pandal or patio setup comes from a single order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrings hang from a push pin or a small adhesive hook; the chandelier hangs from its ring on a ceiling hook, a curtain rod or a pergola beam. No drilling for the strings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins and hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace the strings 8 to 10 inches apart. Give the chandelier at least 12 inches of clear space around the ring so the 48 inch drop hangs straight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade for indoor use. They are not weatherproof, so on a covered patio or pergola keep them out of rain and direct sun and bring them in after the event.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth or shake the strings out. No washing required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore hanging or laid flat rather than folded. Hang the chandelier from its ring so the drop does not crease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"5FT-Red","offer_id":42416767729715,"sku":"garland-5FT-Red-S49","price":48.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5FT-Yellow","offer_id":42416767762483,"sku":"garland-5FT-Yellow-S48","price":48.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5FT-Orange","offer_id":42416767795251,"sku":"garland-5FT-Orange-S47","price":48.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2FT-Red","offer_id":42416767631411,"sku":"garland-2FT-Red-S61","price":38.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2FT-Yellow","offer_id":42416767664179,"sku":"garland-2FT-Yellow-S60","price":38.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2FT-Orange","offer_id":42416767696947,"sku":"garland-2FT-Orange-S59","price":38.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chandelier-Red","offer_id":44722132254771,"sku":"garland-chandelier-red","price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chandelier-Yellow","offer_id":44722132287539,"sku":"garland-chandelier-yellow","price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chandelier-Orange","offer_id":44722132320307,"sku":"garland-chandelier-orange","price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/ArtificialGarlandBallDesign-Yellow.jpg?v=1722823248"},{"product_id":"pompom-artificial-floral-garland-set-of-10-strings","title":"Woolen Pompom Garland Set of 10 - 5FT with Gold Bells","description":"\u003cp\u003eWoolen pompoms strung with golden beads and finished with a bell — texture and colour that reads warm against a wall in a way plastic florals do not.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen five-foot strings is enough to run a full staircase, a mantel and a doorway from one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 strings, 5 feet long each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: woolen pompom, golden beads, golden bell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: multicolour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiwali and Navratri · Golu step displays · Ganesh Chaturthi · staircase and mantel runs · doorway arches and pooja room framing · kids' birthdays, baby showers and boho styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun the strings along a staircase rail, across a mantel and down a doorway — ten of them will do all three. Frame a pooja room. Cluster several for a party backdrop. The wool and bell finish also suits non-Indian events, so the set does not sit idle between festivals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiwali, Navratri, Golu, Ganesh Chaturthi, housewarmings, birthdays and baby showers, boho and festival styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWool holds colour warmly under indoor light where plastic goes shiny and flat. The bell at the end gives each string a finished point rather than a raw cut, and fifty feet of total length covers a whole floor of a house.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach string hangs from a push pin or a small adhesive hook. No drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins and hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlong a staircase or mantel, pin every 2 to 3 feet so the string swags. Across a doorway, space the strings 8 to 10 inches apart so the bells hang clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor use. Wool is not weatherproof and will felt if it gets wet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth or a soft brush. Do not wash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore hanging or laid flat rather than folded, so the pompoms keep their shape and the bells do not catch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42417492033587,"sku":"garlands-pompom-bell-11","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/pompom-urliutsav-3.jpg?v=1780259812"},{"product_id":"mogra-artificial-floral-garland-set-of-5-strings","title":"Mogra Jasmine Garland Set of 10 with Marigold Buds - 5FT or 2FT","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhite mogra strings with marigold bud accents — the jasmine-and-marigold pairing that shows up on every South Indian pooja shelf and wedding mandap, made in a form that does not brown by evening.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 strings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 5 feet or 2 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: White, Red, Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVaralakshmi Vratam and Golu displays · wedding mandaps and outdoor ceremonies · pooja rooms and home mandirs · Ganesh Chaturthi and Diwali · baby showers and birthdays · bridal garland styling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun the 5FT strings across a mandap frame or either side of a doorway. Use the 2FT length on pooja shelves, mandir doors and mirrors. Layer two colours together for a fuller bridal look. Ten strings covers a pooja room and an entrance from a single order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVaralakshmi Vratam, Golu, weddings and mandaps, pooja and home mandir decor, Ganesh Chaturthi, Diwali, baby showers, birthdays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFresh mogra is brown by the evening of the function. This is the same look at the end of the day as it was at the start, and it comes back out of the box next year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA push pin or small adhesive hook takes each string. No drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins and hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace the strings 8 to 10 inches apart across a mandap or wall. On a pooja shelf, the 2FT length sits best pinned at both ends with a slight dip in the middle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade for indoor use. They are not weatherproof, so on a covered patio or pergola keep them out of rain and direct sun and bring them in after the event.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth or shake the strings out gently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore hanging or laid flat rather than folded, so the buds keep their shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"5FT-Red","offer_id":42427778891827,"sku":"mogra-S52-U78","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5FT-Yellow","offer_id":42427778924595,"sku":"mogra-S51-U79","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2FT-Red","offer_id":42427778793523,"sku":"mogra-S64-U76","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2FT-Yellow","offer_id":42427778826291,"sku":"mogra-S63-U77","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/ArtificialIndianGarland-Mogra-UrliUtsav4.jpg?v=1722900096"},{"product_id":"jasmine-lotus-bud-garland","title":"Jasmine Lotus Bud Garland Set of 10 - 5FT or 2FT Strings","description":"\u003cp\u003eJasmine strings with lotus bud ends: two motifs that carry directly into pooja and wedding settings, with more shape along the strand than a plain mogra string.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 strings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 5 feet or 2 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite jasmine strands with lotus bud ends in Yellow, Red or Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePooja rooms and home mandirs · Ganesh Chaturthi and Ganpati · Varalakshmi Vratam and Golu displays · haldi and mehndi ceremonies · wedding mandaps and entryways · Diwali.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHang the 5 ft strings across a mandap frame or either side of an entryway. Use the 2 ft length on pooja shelves, mandir doors and mirrors. Cluster several strands overhead for a soft canopy effect above a haldi seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePooja, Ganesh Chaturthi, Varalakshmi Vratam, Golu, haldi, mehndi, weddings, Diwali, housewarming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReal jasmine lasts two days. This lasts years. The lotus buds give the strand a focal point that a plain flower string does not have, and pink is the most-ordered colourway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach string hangs from a push pin or a small adhesive hook. No drilling required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins and hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace the strings 8 to 10 inches apart across a mandap or entryway. For a canopy over a haldi seat, cluster them closer, around 4 to 6 inches, and let them drape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade for indoor use. They are not weatherproof, so on a covered patio or pergola keep them out of rain and direct sun and bring them in after the event.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth or shake the strings out gently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore hanging or laid flat rather than folded, so the lotus buds keep their shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"5FT-Yellow","offer_id":42427842691123,"sku":"jasmine-lotus-5FT-Yellow-S55","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5FT-Red","offer_id":42427842723891,"sku":"jasmine-lotus-5FT-Red-S54","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5FT-Pink","offer_id":42427842658355,"sku":"jasmine-lotus-5FT-Pink-S53","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2FT-Yellow","offer_id":42427842592819,"sku":"jasmine-lotus-2FT-Yellow-S66","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2FT-Red","offer_id":42427842625587,"sku":"jasmine-lotus-2FT-Red-S67","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"2FT-Pink","offer_id":42427842560051,"sku":"jasmine-lotus-2FT-Pink-S65","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/jasmine-garlands-1.jpg?v=1777256561"},{"product_id":"24-lippan-mirror-wall-art-mandala-red","title":"24-Inch Mandala Mirror Wall Art – Red \u0026 Teal Lotus","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep red and teal blue, with white lotus petals laid over both, around a generous 14-inch mirror. The outer edge is scalloped rather than cut flat, so the disc reads as a flower rather than a circle. Two feet across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch outer diameter — two feet, scalloped edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 inch mirror at the centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3.22 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF disc with a glass mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo hanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow it is painted\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreehand from the centre outward. The two-tone ground is the difficult part here — red and teal meeting cleanly along a curved boundary, with white petals crossing the join, all without masking tape. Get it slightly wrong and the seam shows from across the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has the largest mirror of our two-foot mandalas at 14 inches, which makes it the most usable as an actual mirror — an entryway, a hallway, beside a front door. One reviewer chose it for a stone wall over a framed picture, and the strong red holds up against rough texture in a way a painting would not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo hooks on the back rather than one, so the disc cannot rotate out of true. At 3.22 kg use screws into drywall anchors, or a stud. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. Glass cleaner on the centre mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mirror bigger on this one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes — 14 inches against 10 on the multicolour version. If you want a mandala that also works as a functional mirror, this is the one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the edge round or scalloped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nScalloped. The petals continue past the rim rather than being cut off by it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the red be too much?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a strong piece and it is meant to be. The teal breaks it up, which stops it going flat. Against grey, cream, stone or wood it works; against another strong colour it will fight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, stores, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-wall-mirrors\"\u003eHandcrafted Wall Mirrors collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42434916253747,"sku":"TN-2ft-mirror-mandala-red","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/red-mirror-wallart-1.jpg?v=1781339298"},{"product_id":"7-kalash-lota-elephant-design-antique-silver","title":"7.5-Inches Kalash Elephant Design | Antique Silver Lota","description":"\u003cp\u003eA kalash is the pot placed at the centre of a puja, filled with water and topped with mango leaves and a coconut — the vessel that stands in for the presence being invoked. This one is brass, 7.5 inches tall, with elephants and flowering vines raised out of the metal around the body and a fluted rim at the neck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 7.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 6.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 730 g (approx. 1.6 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: elephants and floral vines in raised relief; fluted rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe elephants are raised, not scratched on.\u003c\/strong\u003e Repoussé work, pushed out from inside, so you can feel each animal under your thumb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluted neck.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rim is pressed into flutes rather than left round, which is what holds mango leaves in place instead of letting them slide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e730 g (approx. 1.6 lb).\u003c\/strong\u003e Enough weight to stay put on a puja thali with water in it and a coconut on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrass underneath,\u003c\/strong\u003e nickel-plated and oxidised, so the antique silver deepens in the recesses of the engraving instead of sitting flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make the kalash in two designs, near enough the same size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silver-kalash-lota-for-temple-pooja-item-gift-for-housewarming\"\u003e7-inch leaves kalash\u003c\/a\u003e — copper, engraved leaves, heavier, $135\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe centre of a puja thali for Kalash Sthapana\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA griha pravesh, carried into the new house\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, kept filled between ceremonies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNavratri and Varalakshmi Vratam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA side table as a flower vase — several of our customers use it that way year-round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA kalash is the traditional thing to arrive with at a griha pravesh, which makes this an easy gift to get right for a new home. It also suits a wedding, Varalakshmi Vratam and Navratri. It arrives in plain packaging with no price on it. If you need several — for a temple or a community event — get in touch before ordering and we will confirm stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mango leaves and a coconut sit on it properly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The neck is 6.5 inches across the widest point and fluted, which is what stops the leaves slipping. A standard coconut sits on top of the leaves without wobbling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is what it is for. Empty and dry it the same day rather than leaving water standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the leaves kalash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe motif and the metal. This one has elephants raised out of brass; the other has engraved leaves on copper and is 90 g heavier despite being half an inch shorter. Same job, different look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is brass, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a lota or a kalash?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth words get used for this shape. Kalash is the ritual name; lota is the everyday one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it as a vase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and it works well — the fluted neck holds stems upright. Use a liner if you would rather not put water directly in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42443536924723,"sku":"silver-kalash-elephant","price":140.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/kalash-antique-silver-1.jpg?v=1782797916"},{"product_id":"17-flower-engraved-urli-bowl-antique-silver","title":"17-Inches Jungle Theme Engraved Urli Bowl | Antique Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn urli is a wide Indian bowl filled with water so that flower heads and floating diyas sit on the surface. This one is worked all the way round with animals: elephants, leaping deer, a spotted leopard and peacocks, each set into dense foliage and pushed out from behind so the figures stand proud of the metal. At 17 inches across it is a room's centrepiece rather than a table accent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 17 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2,556 g (approx. 5.6 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: copper, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: repoussé animal and foliage panels; beaded rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: four sculpted feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,556 g of metal — approx. 5.6 lb.\u003c\/strong\u003e You feel it the moment you lift the box. Nothing thin or spun gets this kind of relief worked into it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe animals are raised, not etched.\u003c\/strong\u003e Repoussé work, pushed out from the inside and chased from the front. Run a hand over the side and every elephant and deer is a ridge under your fingers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo two panels repeat.\u003c\/strong\u003e Walk around it and the scene changes — deer on one face, an elephant on the next, a leopard on the third.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour sculpted feet\u003c\/strong\u003e with a rosette at each corner, lifting the bowl and carrying the weight when it is full of water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is copper — the metal used for kalash and pooja vessels — nickel-plated and then oxidised, which is what gives the antique silver its depth in the recesses rather than a flat grey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour antique-silver bowls, four different jobs. The others in the range:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silver-hand-engraved-urli-bowl-7inch-luxe-home-decor\"\u003e7.5-inch cutout bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — deep, pierced sides, $110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rose-engraved-urli-bowl-german-silver\"\u003e9-inch rose bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — shallow and wide, scalloped rim, $125\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silver-hand-engraved-urli-bowl-25inch-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e26-inch leaf bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — largest, side handles, $470\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe centre of a dining table, filled with water and floating diyas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console, where guests pass it closely enough to see the animals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA coffee table as the single object on it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA covered patio table for an outdoor Diwali or a mehndi evening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmpty on a sideboard — the relief work carries the piece without anything in it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt this size and weight it reads as a milestone gift: a significant wedding present, a fiftieth birthday, a new house. The animal work makes it the one people remember, and it does not require the recipient to be observant to enjoy it. It suits Diwali, griha pravesh and wedding gifting. Ordering several for an event — get in touch first and we will confirm stock and price before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat animals are on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eElephants, leaping deer, a spotted leopard and peacocks, set among dense flowering vines. The panels differ around the bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pattern engraved?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is raised work — pushed out from behind and finished from the front — which is why the figures catch light the way they do. Our 7.5-inch bowl is pierced and the 9-inch has raised floral panels; this is the only one in the range with animals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is 17 inches in practice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWider than a large dinner plate and 6 inches tall. On a standard six-seat dining table it occupies the centre and leaves room to set places around it. Measure your table before ordering if it is a narrow one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Fill it, float flower heads or floating candles, and empty and dry it the same evening. Standing water left in a plated bowl for days will mark the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening, under cover, yes — several of our photographs are outdoors. Do not leave it out in weather or overnight; damp and plating do not get on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This bowl is copper, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the pattern. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I serve fruit or snacks in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFruit in skins is fine, and it looks good that way. We would not serve loose or wet food directly on the plated surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42444570755123,"sku":"silver-urli-flower-medium","price":350.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/junglethemeurli-antiquesilver10.jpg?v=1770575507"},{"product_id":"rose-engraved-urli-bowl-german-silver","title":"9-Inches Rose Engraved Bowl - Antique Silver Urli","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn urli is a wide Indian bowl filled with water so that flower heads and floating diyas sit on the surface. This one is the shallow, wide member of our antique-silver range: 9 inches across but only 3.5 inches deep, with a scalloped rim, floral panels worked in relief around the outside, and four clawed feet that lift it clear of the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 3.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: approx. 820 g (1.8 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: copper, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: sixteen-lobe scalloped edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: four applied clawed feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShallow and wide, which is the harder shape to find.\u003c\/strong\u003e Most small urlis are deep pots. This one spreads the water out, so five or six flower heads float without crowding each other and you look down onto them rather than into a well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe rim is scalloped, not round.\u003c\/strong\u003e Sixteen lobes, each holding a floral panel raised out of the metal rather than scratched into it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClawed feet.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cast separately and applied, they raise the bowl about half an inch so the base stays dry and the shadow line sits under it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEtched centre.\u003c\/strong\u003e The inside is hammered smooth with a starburst worked into the base, which you see through the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCopper underneath.\u003c\/strong\u003e The body is copper — the metal used for kalash and pooja vessels — nickel-plated and then oxidised, which is what gives the antique silver its depth in the recesses rather than a flat grey.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour antique-silver bowls, four different jobs. The others in the range:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silver-hand-engraved-urli-bowl-7inch-luxe-home-decor\"\u003e7.5-inch cutout bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — deep, pierced sides, $110\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/17-flower-engraved-urli-bowl-antique-silver\"\u003e17-inch jungle bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — deep, animals in relief, $350\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/silver-hand-engraved-urli-bowl-25inch-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e26-inch leaf bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — largest, side handles, $470\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table centrepiece, low enough to talk across\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandir shelf, holding a small idol — it is the right width to seat a Laddu Gopal or a palm-sized murti\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console with floating candles for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA haldi or kumkum tray for a ceremony\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dresser, holding rings and small jewellery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the size people buy when they want one good piece rather than a set — substantial enough to be a proper gift, small enough that the recipient will actually find a place for it. It suits housewarming and griha pravesh, Diwali, Varalakshmi Vratam and wedding gifting. If you are buying several for an event, get in touch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3.5 inches, and that is the point of this one. It is a dish rather than a pot. If you want depth, the 7.5-inch cutout bowl is 4 inches tall in a smaller footprint, and the 17-inch is deeper again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a small idol sit in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. At 9 inches across with a flat inner base it seats a Laddu Gopal or a small murti comfortably, which is how several customers use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Fill it, float flower heads or floating candles, and empty and dry it the same evening. Standing water left in a plated bowl for days will mark the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many flowers does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFive or six full rose or marigold heads floating, or a dozen loose petals with two floating candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the feet attached or part of the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCast separately and joined. They are solid and not decorative-only, but do not carry the bowl by one foot when it is full.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This bowl is copper, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the pattern. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pattern engraved or raised?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRaised. The floral panels are worked out from behind, so they stand proud of the surface and you can feel them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42444626591795,"sku":"silver-urli-rose","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/roseurli-antiquesilver3.jpg?v=1770589085"},{"product_id":"28-nilavilakku-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-antique-silver","title":"28-Inch Peacock Nilavilakku Oil Lamp (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA nilavilakku is the tall floor-standing oil lamp of Kerala and Tamil Nadu, lit at the threshold or beside the shrine so the flame stands at waist height. This pair is 28 inches tall, hand-hammered and engraved with peacocks, and is the largest lamp we make.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 28 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiya cup diameter: 8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 4,250 g for the pair (approx. 9.4 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: hand-hammered stem with engraved leaf work; peacock detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e28 inches — it stands on the floor, not a table.\u003c\/strong\u003e That is the whole point of a nilavilakku, and it is what separates this from the samai lamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,250 g for the pair — approx. 9.4 lb.\u003c\/strong\u003e A lamp this tall has to be heavy at the foot, and it is.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered and engraved,\u003c\/strong\u003e not spun and stamped. The stem carries a leaf pattern the whole way up and the cup is worked with peacocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch oil cup,\u003c\/strong\u003e big enough for several wicks at once, which is how these are traditionally lit at a threshold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree heights of lamp, all sold in pairs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/antique-silver-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e11-inch peacock samai\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, table height, $149\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/antique-silver-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-and-elephant-base-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e16-inch elephant samai\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, elephant base, $249\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight is the whole decision. Table lamps sit on a mandir shelf or an altar; the 28-inch stands on the floor beside a doorway or a shrine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEither side of a front door for Diwali or Karthigai Deepam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside a home shrine or puja room entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding mandap or a reception entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA temple or community hall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA hallway corner, standing unlit as a permanent piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a landmark gift rather than an everyday one — a milestone wedding, a temple donation, a family home. At 28 inches and nearly ten pounds for the pair it is not a piece anyone buys casually, which is exactly what makes it land. Temples and event venues order these in multiples; get in touch before ordering so we can confirm stock against your date and talk about price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one lamp or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair. At 28 inches each, plan the floor space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it stand on the floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A nilavilakku is a floor lamp. On a table it would put the flame above head height for anyone seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat oil and wick do I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSesame oil or ghee with a cotton wick is traditional; any lamp oil works. Fill the cup no more than about two thirds so it does not spill when the wick is lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many wicks does the cup take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cup is 8 inches across, so several — five wicks spaced around the rim is the traditional arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a nilavilakku and a samai?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMostly height and where it stands. Samai are table and altar lamps; the nilavilakku is the tall floor lamp of Kerala and Tamil Nadu. Our samai are 11 and 16.5 inches; this is 28.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is brass, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come apart for storage or shipping?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt ships assembled and is meant to stay that way. Allow for a large box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLet it cool, tip out any oil, and wipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Store it in a sealed plastic bag between festivals; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42447117811763,"sku":"AS-OilLamp-28-2","price":525.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/oillamp-antiquesilver-5.jpg?v=1768861585"},{"product_id":"luxury-silver-wedding-pedestal-swan-chowki","title":"22” Antique Silver Swan Leg Mandala Chowki – Luxury Wedding \u0026 Event Pedestal","description":"\u003cp\u003eA chowki, also called a bajot, is the low platform an idol or an offering is raised onto so that nothing sacred sits directly on the floor. This one is 22 inches across and 9 inches high, with a mandala carved across the whole top and six swan-shaped legs carrying it — a wooden base clad in brass and finished to antique silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 22 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 9.4 kg (approx. 20.7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: wooden base clad in brass, oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegs: six, each carved as a swan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: mandala carving across the full top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9.4 kg — approx. 20.7 lb.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is furniture, not a tray. It takes a full brass idol, garlands and offerings without any give in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix legs, each carved as a swan.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not turned posts with a motif applied — the leg is the bird, and there are six of them under a 22-inch top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe mandala runs edge to edge.\u003c\/strong\u003e Concentric floral rings worked across the entire top rather than a border around a plain centre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWood underneath, brass over it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The wooden core is what makes a 22-inch platform rigid at only 9 inches of height; the brass cladding is what you see.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pooja chowki, raising the idol in a home mandir or puja room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding stool for the bride or groom during ceremonies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandap or haldi centrepiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway pedestal, with a statue or a lamp on it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA venue or restaurant piece for ethnic and festive events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir or puja room, as the platform the idol stands on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding mandap, for the ceremony or for the deity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA haldi function, holding the bowls and offerings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway, with a statue or a large lamp on it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Golu or Navratri display, as the top tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt this size and weight a chowki is a gift for a specific reason — a new puja room, a temple donation, a wedding where the family is furnishing the mandap. It is not a piece anyone buys on impulse, and that is what gives it weight as a gift. Venues and event decorators order these against specific dates; get in touch before ordering so we can confirm stock and talk about price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a chowki used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt raises a deity, a kalash or an offering off the floor during ritual. Bajot and chowki are the same object; which word you use depends mostly on where in India you are from.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it take an adult's weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is used as a wedding stool for the bride or groom, so yes for seated use. We would not stand on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, and that is deliberate. The core is wood, clad in brass and finished in antique silver. A solid metal platform 22 inches across would be close to unliftable and several times the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many legs does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSix, each carved as a swan, arranged around the underside. Six rather than four is what keeps a 22-inch top from flexing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it arrive assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. There is nothing to put together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy containing no silver at all. This is a wooden base clad in brass and oxidised to an antique silver finish. Worth knowing, because much of this category is sold as German silver regardless of what is underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an event under cover, yes. Not in weather — there is wood inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe finish darkens slowly and is meant to. The mandala carving gains definition as the recesses deepen. A dry cloth over the raised areas brightens it again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42447614836787,"sku":"silver-chowki","price":700.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/chowki-swan5.jpg?v=1719548614"},{"product_id":"24-kathakali-wall-art-dance-drama-decor","title":"24-Inch Kathakali Wall Art - Hand-Painted Kerala Dance Face","description":"\u003cp\u003eKathakali is the dance-drama of Kerala, performed overnight in temple courtyards, where the story is told through hand gestures and a face painted into a mask. The green face is pacha - the noble hero, Rama or Arjuna - built up in layers over hours before a performance. This 24-inch disc carries that face hand-painted, with mirror work set into the headdress and border.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch diameter - two feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2,800 g (approx. 6.2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board, hand-painted, with tiny mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hook fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat the colours mean\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn Kathakali the paint is the casting. Pacha, green, is the virtuous hero. Kathi adds a red moustache for the arrogant villain. Thaadi is the bearded type, Kari the black-faced demon, Minukku the polished face of women and sages. The green face on this panel is the one an audience reads first, and the one the tradition is known by outside Kerala.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2,800 g (approx. 6.2 lb) - the heaviest disc in the 24-inch series, because the headdress is the most heavily worked area on any of them. Mirror pieces are set individually into the crown and the border, which is what gives the piece its glitter under a downlight. At two feet across the facial detail is legible from across a room, which a smaller version of this subject never manages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEntryways, a dining room wall, a stair landing, or above a sideboard. It is a high-contrast piece - green, red, white and gold - so it wants a plain wall and clear space either side rather than a crowded gallery arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the series\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive 24-inch discs share this format, each a different subject: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-adiyogi-shiva-wall-art-yoga-and-meditation-decor\"\u003eAdiyogi Shiva\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-handcrafted-warli-wall-art-traditional-tribal-decor\"\u003eWarli village scene\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-inch-yin-yang-wall-art-asian-inspired-zen-decor\"\u003eYin Yang\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-handcrafted-mandala-wall-art-earthy-tones-decor\"\u003emaroon and blue mandala\u003c\/a\u003e. Hung as a pair or a row of three they read as a set, because the diameter and the thickness match exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hook is fitted to the back. At this weight the fixing should go into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for it - a plain picture nail is not enough. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. If there is mirror inlay, use glass cleaner on the mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed, so nothing runs onto the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Kathakali character is this?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe face is painted in the pacha style, the green make-up used for noble heroes such as Rama and Arjuna. It is a representative pacha face rather than a portrait of one named character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mirror work real mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes - small cut glass mirror pieces set into the surface by hand, the same technique used in Lippan work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n2,800 g, about 6.2 lb. The heaviest of the 24-inch discs. Fix it into a stud or a rated anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it fragile?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe board is solid, but the raised mirror and paint can chip if it is knocked. It ships flat with corner protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang it outdoors on a covered porch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWe do not recommend it. Humidity swings lift paint from MDF over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the mirror pieces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDust first with a soft dry brush, then wipe the mirrors with glass cleaner applied to a cloth. Never spray directly onto the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Wall pieces travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42458074873907,"sku":"TN-kathakali","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/kathakali-wallart-5.jpg?v=1781329485"},{"product_id":"24-adiyogi-shiva-wall-art-yoga-and-meditation-decor","title":"24-Inch Adiyogi Shiva Wall Art - Hand-Painted Meditation Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eAdiyogi is Shiva as the first yogi - the figure credited in Indian tradition with giving yoga to humanity, shown here as the half-lit face with closed eyes and matted hair that Isha's Coimbatore bust made familiar worldwide. This is that face hand-painted in blue and white on a 24-inch disc, two feet across, with tiny mirrors set into the surround.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch diameter - two feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2,500 g (approx. 5.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board, hand-painted, with tiny mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hook fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow it is painted\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe face is laid on by hand over a dark ground, freehand, with the highlights built up in layers rather than outlined. The mirror pieces are set individually into the clay-and-paint surface while it is still workable. No two discs come out identical - the tilt of the brow and the spacing of the mirrors shift slightly from one to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo feet across and 2,500 g (approx. 5.5 lb) of MDF and paint. That weight is why the piece hangs flat against a wall instead of bowing, and why it needs a proper fixing rather than a picture nail. It is also the difference between a printed canvas and a painted panel - there is a physical surface here, with mirror set into it, that catches light differently through the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbove an altar or pooja shelf, in a yoga or meditation room, at the end of a hallway, or over a console in an entryway. It reads well on a dark wall - the blue and the mirror both lift against charcoal or deep green, and get lost slightly against white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the series\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFive 24-inch discs share this format, each a different subject: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-handcrafted-warli-wall-art-traditional-tribal-decor\"\u003eWarli village scene\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-kathakali-wall-art-dance-drama-decor\"\u003eKathakali face\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-inch-yin-yang-wall-art-asian-inspired-zen-decor\"\u003eYin Yang\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-handcrafted-mandala-wall-art-earthy-tones-decor\"\u003emaroon and blue mandala\u003c\/a\u003e. Hung as a pair or a row of three they read as a set, because the diameter and the thickness match exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hook is fitted to the back. At this weight the fixing should go into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for it - a plain picture nail is not enough. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. If there is mirror inlay, use glass cleaner on the mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed, so nothing runs onto the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this the Isha Adiyogi bust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is an independent hand-painted rendering of the Adiyogi face, made in India by our artisans. It is not an Isha Foundation product and carries no affiliation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the surface flat or raised?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nRaised in places. The paint is built up and the mirror pieces sit slightly proud of the board, so the piece has texture you can feel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n2,500 g, about 5.5 lb. Heavy enough to need a stud or a rated anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a hook or screws?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA hanging hook is already fitted to the back. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied, because the right ones depend on your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go in a bathroom or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is an MDF board with painted detail and is made for dry indoor walls. Steam and weather will lift the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the colour match the photos?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nClosely, but each disc is painted by hand, so the depth of the blue and the exact placement of the highlights vary a little between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Wall pieces travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42460097478707,"sku":"TN-adiyogi","price":155.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/adiyogi-wallart-2_717d4229-bfc6-4781-a7d0-44387173a6bd.jpg?v=1781333181"},{"product_id":"brass-mahabharat-diya-kuthu-vilakku-pooja-lamp-nilavilakku","title":"Brass Kuthu Vilakku Nilavilakku - Tall Samai Oil Lamp, 4 Sizes","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ekuthu vilakku\u003c\/strong\u003e, also called a \u003cstrong\u003enilavilakku\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003esamai\u003c\/strong\u003e, is the tall standing oil lamp that sits at the entrance of a South Indian home or temple and is lit at dusk. This one is solid brass, hand-engraved, and comes in four heights from a 24-inch table lamp up to a 42-inch floor lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes: 24 in (3,490 g), 32 in (6,530 g), 36 in (7,954 g), 42 in (9,800 g)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight in pounds: 7.7 lb, 14.4 lb, 17.5 lb, 21.6 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: gold tone with hand-engraved detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single lamp, not a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 9.8 kg of brass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 42-inch weighs 9,800 g - roughly 21.6 lb. A lamp this tall has to be heavy at the base or it tips, and that is exactly where the metal has gone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA real oil lamp, not a decorative one.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bowl is deep enough to hold sesame or coconut oil and a cotton wick through a full evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-engraved along the stem and the tiers\u003c\/strong\u003e, done in India, so the silhouette carries detail at every level rather than only at the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour heights from one listing\u003c\/strong\u003e, so a table lamp and a floor lamp can be matched as a set for either side of a doorway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll four are the same lamp scaled up. Height is the only real decision:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 inches, 3,490 g\u003c\/strong\u003e - a table or altar lamp. Sits on a mandir shelf or a console without dominating it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e32 inches, 6,530 g\u003c\/strong\u003e - nearly twice the weight of the 24-inch. Floor-standing beside a doorway or in a pooja room corner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e36 inches, 7,954 g\u003c\/strong\u003e - the common temple height. Reads clearly from across a hall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42 inches, 9,800 g\u003c\/strong\u003e - the tallest we carry, at 21.6 lb. An entrance piece, usually bought as a pair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach size is priced and sold as a single lamp. For a matched pair either side of a door, add two of the same size to your cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEither side of a main door, in a pooja room or home mandir, at the foot of a staircase, or in a temple hall. The 24-inch also works on a dining table or a mandir shelf where a floor lamp would not fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA griha pravesh and housewarming gift above all - the lamp is lit first when a new home is entered. Also given at weddings and at Karthigai Deepam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I get one lamp or a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne. Each size is priced as a single lamp. If you want a matching pair either side of a doorway, choose your size and add two to the cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat oil and wick does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSesame or coconut oil with a cotton wick, which is the traditional combination. The bowl holds enough for an evening. Ghee works too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich height should I buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24 inches for a table or altar. 32 to 36 inches for a floor lamp beside a doorway - 36 is the common temple height. 42 inches is an entrance statement and weighs 21.6 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. At 9,800 g on the 42-inch the weight confirms it - a plated or hollow piece of these dimensions would weigh a fraction as much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe out the cooled oil with a paper towel, then dust with a dry cloth. Pitambari powder, Brasso or lemon and salt all bring the shine back. Dry it thoroughly afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is made for indoor use. Brass weathers and spots outdoors, so keep it sheltered if you put it on a covered porch or patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"24 Inches","offer_id":42472194703411,"sku":"samai-24-single","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32 Inches","offer_id":42472194736179,"sku":"samai-32-single","price":260.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36 Inches","offer_id":42472194768947,"sku":"samai-36-single","price":300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42 Inches","offer_id":44467728285747,"sku":"samai-42-single","price":480.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/brass-samai-8.jpg?v=1783295730"},{"product_id":"25-inch-brass-hanging-bell","title":"Engraved Brass Hanging Bell - Temple Bell with Chain, 2 Sizes","description":"\u003cp\u003eA hanging brass temple bell on a chain, engraved around the body, in two sizes. The bell is rung on entering a pooja room or a temple - the sound marks the start of worship and, in practice, announces anyone coming through a doorway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium: 4 in bell diameter, 33 in overall with chain, 1,860 g (approx. 65 oz \/ 4.1 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge: 6 in bell diameter, 33 in overall with chain, 3,180 g (approx. 112 oz \/ 7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: gold tone with fine engraved detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBell and chain together measure 33 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e in both sizes. What changes between them is the bell itself - 4 inches across on the medium, 6 on the large - and therefore the pitch and the carry of the sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,860 g or 3,180 g of cast brass.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thin bell rattles; a heavy one rings and holds the note. The large is 7 lb of metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-engraved around the body\u003c\/strong\u003e, so it is worth looking at when it is not being rung.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth hang at the same overall length. Choose on the bell diameter, which sets the volume and the depth of the tone:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 in bell diameter, 33 in with chain, 1,860 g (65 oz). A brighter, lighter ring. Right for a pooja room or an interior doorway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge\u003c\/strong\u003e - 6 in bell diameter, 33 in with chain, 3,180 g (112 oz). Deeper and louder, and nearly twice the weight. For a main entrance, a hall, or a temple space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHung in a pooja room doorway, at a main entrance, or in a hallway. Also used on covered porches and in restaurants and studios that want one substantial Indian piece at the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA griha pravesh and housewarming gift. Also given at Diwali, and to anyone setting up a home mandir who has the doorway for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFrom the chain, on a ceiling hook or a sturdy wall bracket rated for the weight. The large is 3,180 g - around 7 lb - so this needs a proper fixing into a joist or an anchor, not a drywall screw on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size sounds better?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNeither is better, they are different. The 4 inch medium is brighter and shorter. The 6 inch large is deeper and carries further, which is what you want at a main entrance or in a room with height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it loud?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe large is genuinely loud in a small room. If it is going in an apartment hallway or near a bedroom, the medium is the safer choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. At 3,180 g on the large the weight confirms it - a plated or hollow piece of these dimensions would weigh a fraction as much.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDust with a dry cloth, working into the engraving with a soft brush. Avoid water and never put it in a dishwasher. Use brass polish sparingly and buff dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hang outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOn a covered porch, yes, if it is out of the rain. Brass spots and weathers in open air, so bring it in if the weather turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the clapper included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, the bell comes complete with its clapper and chain. Nothing to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Medium","offer_id":43343298068531,"sku":"brass-hanging-bell-1","price":120.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":43343298101299,"sku":"brass-hanging-bell-2","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/brass-bell-1.jpg?v=1772434729"},{"product_id":"brass-wall-hanging-swastik-bell","title":"Brass Swastik Wall Hanging with Bells - 15in Vastu Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eA brass wall hanging, 15 inches long, built from four engraved \u003cstrong\u003eswastik\u003c\/strong\u003e plaques with small bells strung between them. The swastik is one of the oldest auspicious marks in Indian practice, drawn at thresholds and on account books at Diwali, and it is hung at an entrance for the same reason.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight 15 in · width 4 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 700 g (approx. 25 oz \/ 1.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: gold tone with fine engraved detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour swastik plaques with tiered bells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt sounds as well as hangs.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bells ring when a door opens near it, which is the traditional function - sound at a threshold, not just a symbol on a wall.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e700 g of brass\u003c\/strong\u003e in a piece 15 inches long, so the strand hangs straight rather than curling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour engraved plaques rather than one\u003c\/strong\u003e, which gives the hanging a vertical rhythm and lets it read from a distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeside or above a main door, which is the customary placement. Also used in a pooja room, on a balcony door, or in an office entrance. It needs a wall rather than a shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA griha pravesh gift more than anything else - the swastik goes up when the house is first entered. Also given at Diwali and at the opening of a new business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFrom a single point at the top. At 700 g a small nail or a picture hook will take it; a push pin is not enough for this weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the bells actually ring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. They are small, so it is a light sound rather than a temple bell - enough to notice when someone comes through the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the swastik mean here?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIn Indian usage it is an ancient mark of auspiciousness and wellbeing, drawn at doorways, on wedding invitations and on ledgers at Diwali. It long predates and is unrelated to its twentieth-century European misuse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDust with a dry cloth, working into the engraving with a soft brush. Avoid water and never put it in a dishwasher. Use brass polish sparingly and buff dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is made for indoor use. Brass weathers and spots outdoors, so keep it sheltered if you put it on a covered porch or patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it noisy in a draught?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt can chime a little near an open window. If that bothers you, hang it on the hinge side of the door rather than the opening side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42479109963827,"sku":"brass-swastik-bell","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/brassbell-wallhanging1.jpg?v=1733637306"},{"product_id":"premium-brass-ganesha-urli-bowl-traditional-indian-decor","title":"Elegant Brass Ganesha Urli - A Touch of Indian Brass Love","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn urli is a wide Indian bowl filled with water so petals and floating diyas sit on the surface. This one is built onto a footed brass base with a tall pierced backplate rising behind it, carrying a seated Ganesha under an arch. It is the only piece in our urli range with a deity worked into it, which is why it tends to end up in a mandir rather than on a coffee table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 12 inches, measured to the top of the backplate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3,400 g (approx. 7.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid brass, uncoated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: natural brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet: four cast feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3,400 g of solid brass — approx. 7.5 lb.\u003c\/strong\u003e The weight is mostly in the base and the feet, which is what stops a piece this tall from being top-heavy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe backplate is pierced, not stamped.\u003c\/strong\u003e Light passes through the scrollwork around Ganesha, so a diya in the bowl lights the arch from below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCast openwork around the bowl too.\u003c\/strong\u003e The sides of the bowl carry the same pierced motif, and it sits on four sculpted feet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUncoated brass.\u003c\/strong\u003e No lacquer, no plating. It will deepen in tone and you can polish it back whenever you want to.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAbout the height\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12 inches is measured to the top of Ganesha's crown. The bowl itself is shallow — this is a shrine piece with a bowl in it, not a deep vessel. If you want depth for floating flowers, the hammered brass urli holds far more water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree brass urlis, three different jobs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/elegant-brass-hammered-urli-traditional-indian-decor\"\u003eHammered brass urli\u003c\/a\u003e — plain hammered bowl, two sizes, $140 and $170\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/set-of-5-brass-mini-urli-bowls-prasad-bowl-handcrafted-pooja-urli-indian-decor-return-gift-favors-4-inch-brass-urli-set\"\u003eBrass mini urli set of 5\u003c\/a\u003e — 4-inch prasad bowls, $90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir, as the piece the diya sits in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console, where the backplate reads from across the room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Ganesh Chaturthi setup, with the murti beside it and petals in the bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA shelf or niche deep enough for a 12-inch piece to stand upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA puja room floor arrangement during Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Ganesha piece is the safe choice for a griha pravesh or a housewarming, because Ganesha is the god you install first in a new home. It also suits a wedding, a new business opening and Ganesh Chaturthi itself. It arrives in plain packaging with no price on it. If you need several — for a temple, a community event or corporate gifting — get in touch before ordering and we will confirm stock and talk about price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Ganesha part of the bowl or separate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne piece. The backplate and the bowl are joined, not assembled, so there is nothing to attach and nothing to lose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep is the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShallow. The 12-inch figure is the full height to the top of the crown, not the bowl. It takes enough water for petals and a floating diya, not a deep pool. Our hammered brass urli is the one to buy if depth matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a real oil diya in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Brass takes heat without trouble. Let it cool before you wipe it out, and do not leave oil standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass or plated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSolid brass throughout, uncoated. Nothing is plated onto it, so there is no finish to wear through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it darken over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and that is normal for uncoated brass. Some people polish it back every few months, others prefer the deeper tone it settles into. Either is fine — nothing is wrong with the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Brass darkens naturally with air and handling; if you want it bright again, any household brass polish will lift it in a few minutes. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not leave water standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stand steady on a shelf?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The four cast feet spread the base wider than the bowl and the mass sits low. It is not a piece that tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for prasad?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBetter for petals, water and diyas. For prasad we would point you at the mini urli set, which is made for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42480167649331,"sku":"brass-ganesha-urli","price":180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/ganeshabrassurli-9.jpg?v=1747794567"},{"product_id":"elegant-brass-hammered-urli-traditional-indian-decor","title":"Elegant Brass Hammered Urli Bowl","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn urli is a wide Indian bowl filled with water so petals and floating diyas sit on the surface. This is the plain one — no deity, no cutwork, just a hand-hammered brass bowl with a small loop handle at each side and a polished interior that throws the light back up through the water. It comes in two sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes: 12-inch bowl (15 inches across handles, 4 inches tall) and 16-inch bowl (19 inches across handles, 5 inches tall)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,120 g (approx. 2.5 lb) and 2,160 g (approx. 4.8 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid brass, uncoated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: hand-hammered outside, polished inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandles: one cast loop each side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered, and you can see it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The dimpling on the outside is struck by hand, so the pattern is irregular and the reflections break up rather than mirroring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid brass, uncoated.\u003c\/strong\u003e 2,160 g in the large — approx. 4.8 lb — and 1,120 g in the medium. Nothing plated, nothing lacquered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide and shallow, which is the right shape for floating.\u003c\/strong\u003e Petals and diyas spread across the surface instead of bunching in a well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo loop handles\u003c\/strong\u003e cast onto the rim, so a full bowl can be carried and set down without gripping the water line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size, and how the measurements work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe variant names are the bowl diameter. The larger figure in the details below is the width across the handles, which is the number to use when you are measuring a shelf or a table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12-inch bowl, 15 inches across the handles, 4 inches tall, 1,120 g (approx. 2.5 lb). A side table, a mandir shelf, a small dining table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e — 16-inch bowl, 19 inches across the handles, 5 inches tall, 2,160 g (approx. 4.8 lb). A dining table centre, an entryway console, a mandap entrance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree brass urlis, three different jobs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/premium-brass-ganesha-urli-bowl-traditional-indian-decor\"\u003eBrass Ganesha urli\u003c\/a\u003e — seated Ganesha on a pierced backplate, $180\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/set-of-5-brass-mini-urli-bowls-prasad-bowl-handcrafted-pooja-urli-indian-decor-return-gift-favors-4-inch-brass-urli-set\"\u003eBrass mini urli set of 5\u003c\/a\u003e — 4-inch prasad bowls, $90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table, filled with water and floating marigold heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway, with tealights on the water for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA haldi or mehndi ceremony, as the bowl the paste is served from\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA coffee table, empty — the hammering carries it on its own\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuy both sizes and nest them for a two-level arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plainest piece in the range and, for that reason, the easiest to give to someone whose taste you do not know. It works for a housewarming or griha pravesh, a wedding, Diwali and Ganesh Chaturthi. The 16-inch reads as the more significant gift. Buying several for an event — get in touch first and we will confirm stock and price before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the two sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBowl diameter, depth and weight. The 12-inch is 4 inches deep and 1,120 g; the 16-inch is 5 inches deep and 2,160 g, nearly twice the metal. Both are the same shape and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the listing mention 15 and 19 inches as well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThose are the widths across the handles. The variant names use the bowl diameter. Measure with the handle figure if space is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass or plated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSolid brass throughout, uncoated. There is no plating to wear through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, that is what it is for. Empty and dry it the same evening rather than leaving water standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it darken over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and that is normal for uncoated brass. Some people polish it back every few months, others prefer the deeper tone it settles into. Either is fine — nothing is wrong with the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Brass darkens naturally with air and handling; if you want it bright again, any household brass polish will lift it in a few minutes. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not leave water standing in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I serve food in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDry food such as sweets, nuts or fruit in skins is fine. Avoid anything acidic or wet sitting in bare brass for long.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the two sizes nest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 12-inch sits inside the 16-inch, which several customers use as a tiered arrangement for Diwali.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"12 Inches","offer_id":43335483916339,"sku":"brass-hammered-urli-2","price":140.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16 Inches","offer_id":43335483883571,"sku":"brass-hammered-urli-1","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/brassurli2.jpg?v=1763259599"},{"product_id":"pink-sunflower-urli-bowls-set-of-3","title":"Sunflower Urli Bowls – Set of 3 Pink Petal Rim Urlis","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe same sunflower shape as our gold set, made in \u003cstrong\u003emagenta pink\u003c\/strong\u003e. Long, solid petals radiate from a \u003cstrong\u003ehammered gold centre bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e, so the piece is two-tone rather than painted all over — pink outside, gold where the water and flowers go. It is the only colour in the whole flat-rim range that is not gold or ivory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 3 flat-rim urli bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall: 6 inch inner bowl, 12 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium: 8.5 inch inner bowl, 14.5 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge: 10 inch inner bowl, 16 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight of the set: approx. 1.8 kg (4 lb \/ 64 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron, magenta pink petals with a gold polish centre bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre bowl: hand-hammered gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: long solid sunflower petals — decorative, not candle cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink petals, gold bowl.\u003c\/strong\u003e The contrast is the point. Against a dark table or a white runner the pink reads immediately, and the gold centre keeps it from looking like a novelty piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt solves the mehndi and haldi problem.\u003c\/strong\u003e Most Indian metal decor is gold, which disappears into a gold-and-yellow ceremony. This does not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe heaviest of the six flat-rim sets\u003c\/strong\u003e at 1.8 kg for three — about 4 lb \/ 64 oz.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes, 12 to 16 inches overall\u003c\/strong\u003e, with 6, 8.5 and 10 inch water bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered centre bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e, same as the gold version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich rim do you want?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make six flat-rim urli sets in this shape. The bowl is much the same on all of them; what changes is the collar around it — and whether that collar holds candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/lotus-metal-urli-bowls-set-hammered-gold-festive-decor\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLotus petal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — pointed lotus-bud cups, each holds a tealight. 12–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-om-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — diya-shaped cups in ivory and gold, each holds a tealight. 11–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-diya-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiya\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — fluted lamp cups, all gold, each holds a tealight. 11–15 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-rose-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRose\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — solid gold rosettes, decorative only. 9.5–12.5 in, the most compact set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — the same petals in gold. 12–16 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower Pink — this set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Magenta petals with a gold centre. 12–16 in, the only pink set we make.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMehndi and haldi ceremonies\u003c\/strong\u003e, where a gold piece would vanish into the palette. \u003cstrong\u003eBaby showers, godh bharai and engagement tables.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eDining table centre\u003c\/strong\u003e, using the 16-inch alone against a neutral runner. \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e in a home that already has plenty of gold. Also good in a girl's room or a colourful modern interior where traditional gold decor would feel heavy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set to give when you want the gift to be recognisably a gift rather than something that blends in. Popular for \u003cstrong\u003eweddings and pre-wedding functions\u003c\/strong\u003e, baby showers and anniversaries, and as a \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e present for a younger household.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese go out as gift sets often enough that we keep stock deep. If you need several — wedding favours, a mehndi order, return gifts for a large function — email contact@urliutsav.com before you order. Bulk pricing is available and we will confirm quantities and timing with you first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the whole thing pink?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The petals are magenta pink; the centre bowl is hammered gold. It is deliberately two-tone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put tealights in the petals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The petals are solid and flat — there are no cups. Float a candle in the centre bowl, or set separate diyas on the table around the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow different is the pink in person?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a deep magenta rather than a pale or pastel pink. Screens vary, so if you are matching it to a specific outfit or decor colour, expect a strong saturated pink.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the gold sunflower set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly the colour. Same shape, same three sizes, same weight, same price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the pink fade or chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a painted finish over metal, so a hard knock can mark it and long direct sunlight will dull any colour over years. Keep it indoors and wipe rather than scrub.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the candles or flowers included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. You get the three bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much space does the large one need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA clear 16 inches. Measure the full petal diameter, not the water bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a dry or barely damp cloth. Do not soak them, do not put them in a dishwasher, and dry them fully after you empty the water out. Abrasive scourers and harsh cleaners will wear both the paint and the gold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening on a covered patio, yes. Not for permanent outdoor use: they are iron underneath and will rust if they are rained on or left damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if something arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Send a photo to contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace the piece or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more urli bowls and centerpieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42480418979891,"sku":"diwali-urli-sunflower-pink","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/pinkurli-2.jpg?v=1771268672"},{"product_id":"sunflower-urli-bowls-set-of-3","title":"Sunflower Urli Bowls – Set of 3 Gold Petal Rim Urlis","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe boldest shape in our flat-rim \u003cstrong\u003eurli\u003c\/strong\u003e range: a hammered gold water bowl set into a corona of \u003cstrong\u003elong, pointed sunflower petals\u003c\/strong\u003e that radiate out to 16 inches. There are no small cups here — it is one continuous flower, which is why it photographs so well from above and why people use it as the single centerpiece rather than one of a group.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 3 flat-rim urli bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall: 6 inch inner bowl, 12 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium: 8.5 inch inner bowl, 14.5 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge: 10 inch inner bowl, 16 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight of the set: approx. 1.8 kg (4 lb \/ 64 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre bowl: hand-hammered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: long solid sunflower petals — decorative, not candle cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne big flower, not a ring of parts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The petals are long, solid and slightly curved, so the whole piece reads as a sunflower from across the room instead of resolving into detail only up close.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe heaviest of the six flat-rim sets\u003c\/strong\u003e at 1.8 kg for three — about 4 lb \/ 64 oz, a third more than the lighter sets. The petals are what carry that extra metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered centre bowl.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fill it with water and float marigold heads or a single candle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes, 12 to 16 inches overall\u003c\/strong\u003e, with 6, 8.5 and 10 inch water bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlso made in pink.\u003c\/strong\u003e Same piece, magenta petals, gold centre — linked below if that suits your table better.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich rim do you want?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make six flat-rim urli sets in this shape. The bowl is much the same on all of them; what changes is the collar around it — and whether that collar holds candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/lotus-metal-urli-bowls-set-hammered-gold-festive-decor\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLotus petal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — pointed lotus-bud cups, each holds a tealight. 12–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-om-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — diya-shaped cups in ivory and gold, each holds a tealight. 11–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-diya-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiya\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — fluted lamp cups, all gold, each holds a tealight. 11–15 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-rose-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRose\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — solid gold rosettes, decorative only. 9.5–12.5 in, the most compact set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower — this set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid gold petals, decorative only. 12–16 in, the heaviest set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-pink-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower Pink\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — the same petals in pink with a gold centre. 12–16 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDining table centre\u003c\/strong\u003e, using the 16-inch alone. \u003cstrong\u003eEntrance floor\u003c\/strong\u003e at \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eGanesh Chaturthi\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eWedding and reception tables\u003c\/strong\u003e, where the flower shape does the decorating and you only need water and petals. \u003cstrong\u003eOverhead photography\u003c\/strong\u003e — this is the set that shows up best in a flat-lay, which matters if you are styling for an event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003egriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e and wedding gift with more presence than its price suggests, mostly because of the scale. Also a good summer or housewarming gift where a very traditional piece would feel out of place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese go out as gift sets often enough that we keep stock deep. If you need several — wedding favours, a Diwali order for a team, return gifts for a large function — email contact@urliutsav.com before you order. Bulk pricing is available and we will confirm quantities and timing with you first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put tealights in the petals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The petals are solid and flat — there are no cups. Float a candle in the centre bowl, or set separate diyas on the table around the piece. If you want a rim you can light, choose the Lotus, Om or Diya sets linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the pink one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly the colour. Same shape, same three sizes, same weight, same price — gold petals here, magenta pink petals on the other, both with a gold hammered centre.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the candles or flowers included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. You get the three bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 4 lb for the set — the heaviest of our flat-rim urlis, though still pressed sheet iron with a gold finish rather than cast brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much space does the large one need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA clear 16 inches. The petals stick out past the bowl, so measure the full diameter, not the water bowl, when you are checking it fits a table or a shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the three nest for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey stack loosely rather than nesting tightly. Put a cloth between them so the petals do not scratch each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a dry or barely damp cloth. Do not soak them, do not put them in a dishwasher, and dry them fully after you empty the water out. Abrasive scourers and harsh cleaners will wear the gold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening on a covered patio, yes. Not for permanent outdoor use: they are iron underneath and will rust if they are rained on or left damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if something arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Send a photo to contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace the piece or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more urli bowls and centerpieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42480543006771,"sku":"diwali-urli-sunflower","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/sunflower-urli-1.jpg?v=1720131455"},{"product_id":"rose-rim-urli-bowls-set-of-3","title":"Rose Rim Urli Bowls – Set of 3 Compact Gold Urlis","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe smallest of our flat-rim \u003cstrong\u003eurli\u003c\/strong\u003e sets, and the one to buy when a 16-inch piece is too much for the table. A hammered gold water bowl in the middle, ringed by a collar of \u003cstrong\u003esolid gold rose blooms\u003c\/strong\u003e — layered, closed roses rather than open cups. Three sizes, 9.5 to 12.5 inches across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 3 flat-rim urli bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall: 6 inch inner bowl, 9.5 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium: 8.5 inch inner bowl, 11 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge: 10 inch inner bowl, 12.5 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight of the set: approx. 1.38 kg (3 lb \/ 48 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre bowl: hand-hammered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: solid sculpted rose blooms — decorative, not candle cups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt fits where the others do not.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 9.5, 11 and 12.5 inches this is comfortably the most compact set of the six. It works on an apartment coffee table, a narrow console or a shelf where a 16-inch urli would overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe roses are sculpted, not stamped.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each bloom on the rim is built up in layers so it reads as a flower from any angle, not just from above.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDensest rim of the range.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the pieces are smaller, the roses sit tight against each other and the collar reads as a continuous wreath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered centre bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e for water and floating flower heads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.38 kg for the set of three\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 3 lb \/ 48 oz.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich rim do you want?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make six flat-rim urli sets in this shape. The bowl is much the same on all of them; what changes is the collar around it — and whether that collar holds candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/lotus-metal-urli-bowls-set-hammered-gold-festive-decor\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLotus petal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — pointed lotus-bud cups, each holds a tealight. 12–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-om-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — diya-shaped cups in ivory and gold, each holds a tealight. 11–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-diya-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiya\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — fluted lamp cups, all gold, each holds a tealight. 11–15 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRose — this set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid gold rosettes, decorative only; the candle goes in the centre. 9.5–12.5 in, the most compact set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — solid gold petals, decorative only. 12–16 in, the heaviest set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-pink-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower Pink\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — the same petals in pink with a gold centre. 12–16 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eApartments and smaller homes\u003c\/strong\u003e, where the larger sets crowd a table. \u003cstrong\u003eCoffee tables and narrow consoles.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePooja room shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e, for flowers and a single floating diya. \u003cstrong\u003ePlace settings and side tables\u003c\/strong\u003e at an event, where you want the look repeated rather than one large centerpiece. Also good as a rose-petal or supari bowl at a wedding ceremony.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe easiest of the six to post as a gift and the easiest for the recipient to find room for. Given at \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003egriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e, weddings and anniversaries — and the rose rim makes it the natural pick for an anniversary or Valentine gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese go out as gift sets often enough that we keep stock deep. If you need several — wedding favours, a Diwali order for a team, return gifts for a large function — email contact@urliutsav.com before you order. Bulk pricing is available and we will confirm quantities and timing with you first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put tealights in the roses?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The roses are solid sculpted blooms, not cups — there is nowhere for a candle to sit. Float a candle in the centre bowl instead. If you want a rim you can light, choose the Lotus, Om or Diya sets linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow small is small, really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe smallest piece is 9.5 inches overall with a 6 inch water bowl — about the size of a dinner plate. The largest is 12.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the candles or flowers included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. You get the three bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout 3 lb for the set. Pressed and hammered sheet iron with a gold finish, not cast brass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDry items on a liner — supari, dry fruit, wrapped sweets — are fine. It is not food-safe for anything wet or oily and should not go in a dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the three nest for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey stack loosely rather than nesting tightly. Put a cloth between them so the finish does not rub.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a dry or barely damp cloth, working into the roses with a soft brush. Do not soak them, and dry them fully after you empty the water out. Abrasive scourers and harsh cleaners will wear the gold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening on a covered patio, yes. Not for permanent outdoor use: they are iron underneath and will rust if they are rained on or left damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if something arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Send a photo to contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace the piece or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more urli bowls and centerpieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42480550838323,"sku":"diwali-urli-rose","price":72.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/lotusurli-diwalidecor1.jpg?v=1771214512"},{"product_id":"om-urli-bowls-set-of-3","title":"Om Urli Bowls – Set of 3 Ivory \u0026 Gold Teardrop Rim Urlis","description":"\u003cp\u003eMost urlis in this shape are gold all over. This set is the exception: the ring of \u003cstrong\u003ediya-shaped cups\u003c\/strong\u003e around the rim is finished in \u003cstrong\u003eivory cream with gold inside each cup\u003c\/strong\u003e, so the collar reads pale against the hammered gold water bowl in the middle. It is the only two-tone flat-rim urli we make, and the reason people pick it over the all-gold sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 3 flat-rim urli bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall: 6 inch inner bowl, 11 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium: 8.5 inch inner bowl, 14 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge: 10 inch inner bowl, 16 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight of the set: approx. 1.44 kg (3.2 lb \/ 51 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish and an ivory painted rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre bowl: hand-hammered gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: diya-shaped cups, ivory outside and gold inside, each dished for a tealight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIvory and gold, not gold on gold.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cream rim gives you contrast on a dark table, and it sits more comfortably in a room that is not otherwise gold. Lit at night, each cup glows against the pale collar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery rim cup takes a tealight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cups are proper diya shapes — rounded body, pointed wick lip — and each one is dished deep enough for a standard tealight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered centre bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e in gold, for water and floating flower heads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes, 11 to 16 inches overall\u003c\/strong\u003e, with 6, 8.5 and 10 inch water bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.44 kg for the set of three\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 3.2 lb \/ 51 oz. Light enough to lay out and clear away for a function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich rim do you want?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make six flat-rim urli sets in this shape. The bowl is much the same on all of them; what changes is the collar around it — and whether that collar holds candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/lotus-metal-urli-bowls-set-hammered-gold-festive-decor\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLotus petal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — pointed lotus-bud cups, each holds a tealight. 12–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOm — this set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Diya-shaped cups in ivory and gold, each holds a tealight. 11–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-diya-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiya\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — fluted lamp cups, all gold, each holds a tealight. 11–15 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-rose-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRose\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — solid gold rosettes, decorative only; the candle goes in the centre. 9.5–12.5 in, the most compact set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — solid gold petals, decorative only. 12–16 in, the heaviest set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-pink-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower Pink\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — the same petals in pink with a gold centre. 12–16 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDark wood dining tables\u003c\/strong\u003e, where the ivory rim shows up in a way an all-gold set does not. \u003cstrong\u003eEntrance floor\u003c\/strong\u003e at \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e, as a rangoli alternative. \u003cstrong\u003ePooja room\u003c\/strong\u003e, for water, flowers and lamps. \u003cstrong\u003eNeutral and modern interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e — this is the set to choose if a room full of gold is not the look you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA good \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003egriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e gift for someone whose home leans neutral rather than traditional. Also used for \u003cstrong\u003eGanesh Chaturthi\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eKarva Chauth\u003c\/strong\u003e and housewarmings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese go out as gift sets often enough that we keep stock deep. If you need several — wedding favours, a Diwali order for a team, return gifts for a large function — email contact@urliutsav.com before you order. Bulk pricing is available and we will confirm quantities and timing with you first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there an Om symbol on these?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Om is the name of the range, not a description of the pattern — the rim is a ring of diya-shaped cups with no lettering or symbol on it. If you specifically want an Om symbol, this is not the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is it exactly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rim cups are ivory cream on the outside with gold inside each cup. The centre bowl is hammered gold. It is a two-tone piece, not a plain gold one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tealights does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne per rim cup, and the number of cups goes up with the size. You can float an extra candle in the centre bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the candles included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Tealights, diyas and flowers are not supplied. You get the three bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight — about 3.2 lb for all three. These are pressed and hammered sheet iron with a painted and polished finish, not castings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the ivory paint chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a painted finish over metal, so a hard knock can mark it. Wipe rather than scrub, and store the three with cloth between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put water and a tealight in at the same time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Water in the hammered centre, tealights in the rim cups. Keep the water below the rim so it does not run into the cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a dry or barely damp cloth. Do not soak them, do not put them in a dishwasher, and dry them fully after you empty the water out. Abrasive scourers and harsh cleaners will wear both the gold and the ivory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening on a covered patio, yes. Not for permanent outdoor use: they are iron underneath and will rust if they are rained on or left damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if something arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Send a photo to contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace the piece or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more urli bowls and centerpieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42480575119411,"sku":"diwali-urli-om","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/omurli-diwalidecor1.jpg?v=1771215449"},{"product_id":"diya-urli-bowls-set-of-3","title":"Diya Urli Bowls – Set of 3 Fluted Gold Lamp Rim Urlis","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis is the \u003cstrong\u003eurli\u003c\/strong\u003e people buy for Diwali specifically. A hammered gold water bowl in the middle, ringed by a collar of \u003cstrong\u003efluted diya lamp cups\u003c\/strong\u003e — the ribbed, scalloped-edge shape of a traditional clay lamp, pressed in metal. Fill the middle with water and marigold heads, put a tealight in every cup, and the whole circle lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 3 flat-rim urli bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall: 6 inch inner bowl, 11 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium: 8.5 inch inner bowl, 13.5 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge: 10 inch inner bowl, 15 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight of the set: approx. 1.37 kg (3 lb \/ 48 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre bowl: hand-hammered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: fluted diya lamp cups with scalloped lips, each dished for a tealight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe rim is made of lamps, not decoration.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each cup is a proper diya form with a fluted body and a scalloped lip, and each one is dished for a standard tealight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe most lit-up of the six flat-rim sets\u003c\/strong\u003e when it is fully loaded, because the diya cups sit closer together than the petal rims do.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered centre bowl.\u003c\/strong\u003e The dimples break up reflected candlelight instead of throwing it back flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes, 11 to 15 inches overall\u003c\/strong\u003e, with 6, 8.5 and 10 inch water bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.37 kg for the set of three\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 3 lb \/ 48 oz. One reviewer called it lighter than expected, so here is the honest version: this is pressed sheet metal, not cast brass, and that is what makes a 15-inch piece affordable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich rim do you want?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe make six flat-rim urli sets in this shape. The bowl is much the same on all of them; what changes is the collar around it — and whether that collar holds candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/lotus-metal-urli-bowls-set-hammered-gold-festive-decor\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLotus petal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — pointed lotus-bud cups, each holds a tealight. 12–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-om-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — diya-shaped cups in ivory and gold, each holds a tealight. 11–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiya — this set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluted lamp cups, all gold, each holds a tealight. 11–15 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-rose-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRose\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — solid gold rosettes, decorative only; the candle goes in the centre. 9.5–12.5 in, the most compact set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — solid gold petals, decorative only. 12–16 in, the heaviest set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-pink-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower Pink\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — the same petals in pink with a gold centre. 12–16 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe entrance floor at Diwali\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is what this shape is for. \u003cstrong\u003eDining and coffee tables.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003ePooja room\u003c\/strong\u003e, for water, flowers and lamps together. \u003cstrong\u003eFunction and reception tables\u003c\/strong\u003e — all three sizes down the centre of a long table. They lie flat, so they stack away between festivals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most literal \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e gift in the range — it is a bowl of lamps, and it gets used the week it arrives. Also given at \u003cstrong\u003egriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eKarva Chauth\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eGanesh Chaturthi\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese go out as gift sets often enough that we keep stock deep. If you need several — wedding favours, a Diwali order for a team, return gifts for a large function — email contact@urliutsav.com before you order. Bulk pricing is available and we will confirm quantities and timing with you first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tealights does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne per diya cup, and the larger sizes carry more cups. You can also float a candle in the centre bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the candles included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Tealights, diyas and flowers are not supplied. You get the three bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it? A review mentioned it being light.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe whole set is about 3 lb. It is pressed and hammered sheet iron with a gold finish, not cast brass. That keeps a 15-inch piece affordable and easy to lay out for an event, but it will not feel like a solid metal object.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use oil and a cotton wick instead of tealights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the cups take a small amount of oil. Wipe them out afterwards so oil does not sit on the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put water and tealights in at the same time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Water in the hammered centre, tealights in the rim cups. Keep the water below the rim so it does not run into the cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the three nest for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey stack loosely rather than nesting tightly. Put a cloth between them so the finish does not rub.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a dry or barely damp cloth. Do not soak them, do not put them in a dishwasher, and dry them fully after you empty the water out. The gold is a polished coating over iron, so abrasive scourers and harsh cleaners will wear it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening on a covered patio, yes. Not for permanent outdoor use: they are iron underneath and will rust if they are rained on or left damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if something arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Send a photo to contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace the piece or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee more urli bowls and centerpieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42480584851507,"sku":"diwali-urli-diya","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/diyaurli-diwalidecor1.jpg?v=1771215955"},{"product_id":"gold-etched-lotus-plates-set-of-3","title":"Gold Etched Lotus Urli Bowl Set of 3 – Haldi Tray \u0026 Pooja Thali","description":"\u003cp\u003eThree etched gold plates with scalloped edges, 9, 11 and 14 inches across, that nest inside each other for storage and spread out as a group when you need them. The whole surface of each is worked in a hammered mandala pattern, so the gold catches light unevenly rather than reflecting flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 3 plates: 9 inches (23 cm), 11 inches (28 cm), 14 inches (35 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight: 1,530 g (approx. 3.4 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: hammered and etched mandala pattern, scalloped edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe. Keep dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes for the price of one good piece.\u003c\/strong\u003e 9, 11 and 14 inches, which covers a single-diya shelf vignette right up to a table centrepiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThey nest.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stacked, the three take the shelf space of one. That matters for something used a few times a year.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEtched all over, not just the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e The mandala pattern runs across the whole face of each plate, so they still read as decorated when empty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,530 g (approx. 3.4 lb) for the set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each plate has enough weight to stay put when people are reaching into it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow the three sizes get used\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e — the haldi paste at a ceremony, or the main plate on a table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e — rose petals, rings, or a group of tealights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e — kumkum, supari, a single diya or a small idol\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOut of ceremony season, most people keep the 14-inch out on a console and put the other two away inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA haldi or mehndi ceremony, one plate per element\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table at Diwali, all three down the centre with tealights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console, the largest one alone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandir shelf as offering plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServing dry fruit and mithai at a gathering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA set of three is easier to give than a single plate, because the recipient gets something they can arrange rather than one object to place. It suits a wedding, a housewarming or griha pravesh, Diwali and Varalakshmi Vratam. Families buying for a haldi or mehndi often want several sets so every table matches — get in touch before ordering at that quantity and we will confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they really nest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The 9-inch sits inside the 11-inch, which sits inside the 14-inch. Put a cloth between them in storage so the finish does not rub.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they flat plates or bowls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePlates with a shallow raised edge. They hold petals, paste and dry offerings, not a depth of liquid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would not. The base metal is iron under a gold polish, and standing water will eventually work under the finish and cause rust. Use it dry — petals, tealights, dry flowers — or float things in a separate glass or brass bowl set inside it. If it does get wet, dry it straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them for haldi?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and it is the most common use. Turmeric stains, so wipe it off rather than leaving it to sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the pattern the same on all three?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the same etched mandala, scaled to each plate. They read as a set rather than three unrelated pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I serve food on them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDry food is fine. Use a liner under anything oily, and do not cut on them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the gold solid, or a finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA finish. These are iron with a gold polish over the top — not solid brass and not plating. That is what puts the price where it is. It will mark if you drag it across a hard surface or knock it, so lift rather than slide it and keep pieces apart in storage. If you want metal that cannot scratch off, our brass urlis are solid all the way through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry — do not wash it, do not put it in the dishwasher, and do not leave it outdoors overnight. Wipe out any spilled wax or oil once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42482156011571,"sku":"diwali-urli-etching","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/EtchingPlateUrli1.jpg?v=1738229887"},{"product_id":"hammered-rangoli-urli-tealight","title":"Hammered Rangoli Urli","description":"\u003cp\u003eA rangoli laid out in metal: a hammered six-petal flower dish at the centre, ringed by a slim frame carrying nine ball-shaped tealight cups that orbit it. Light all nine and the whole 11.5-inch circle reads as a drawn rangoli, without chalk, rice flour or anything to sweep up afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall diameter: 11.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTealight cups: 9, on a ring frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre: hammered six-petal flower dish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 360 g (approx. 12.7 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: hand-hammered, dimpled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe. Keep dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNine tealight cups on one frame.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each is a dimpled hemisphere on its own stem, so the flames sit slightly above the table and circle the centre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe centre is a bowl, not a plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e A hammered six-petal dish that takes petals, a tealight, or a small mound of rangoli powder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11.5 inches across and only 360 g.\u003c\/strong\u003e Light enough to move around the house through an evening, and to pack away flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable, unlike a drawn rangoli.\u003c\/strong\u003e It comes out every year and there is nothing to clean off the floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour gold-finish pieces, four different shapes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/elegant-metal-hammered-urli-traditional-indian-decor\"\u003eHammered gold urli bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — 12 inches, flat and open, $49\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hammered-hanging-urli-urli-utsav\"\u003eHanging urli\u003c\/a\u003e — 9-inch bowl on a 30-inch flower chain, $49\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/golden-lotus-etched-decorative-plate-gold-hammered-decorative-bowls-for-home-wedding-festive-decor\"\u003e18-inch lotus tray\u003c\/a\u003e — 17 petal compartments, $120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining or coffee table for Diwali, all nine lit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway console as a doorstep rangoli that will not blow away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandir shelf for Navratri or Karthigai Deepam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding or mehndi table, one per table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA balcony or windowsill, where a floor rangoli is not an option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur most-bought return gift, because it is inexpensive, it is unmistakably festive, and almost nobody already owns one. It suits Diwali above all, and also Navratri, a housewarming and a wedding favour. If you are buying a dozen or more for an event, get in touch before ordering — we can usually help on price at that quantity and confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tealights does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNine in the ring cups, plus one in the centre dish if you want it. Standard tealights fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the cups fixed or removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFixed. The cups and the ring are one piece, so nothing comes loose and nothing gets lost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come apart for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, it is a single piece. It is flat enough to slide onto a shelf or into a drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would not. The base metal is iron under a gold polish, and standing water will eventually work under the finish and cause rust. Use it dry — petals, tealights, dry flowers — or float things in a separate glass or brass bowl set inside it. If it does get wet, dry it straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use real oil diyas in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cups are hemispheres rather than traditional diya shapes, so they suit tealights better than an oil-and-wick diya, which needs a lip to rest the wick on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e11.5 inches across the outer ring — about the size of a dinner plate. One of the photographs has the measurement marked on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill wax be hard to get out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLet it set, then lift it out cold. Do not pour hot water over it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry — do not wash it, do not put it in the dishwasher, and do not leave it outdoors overnight. Wipe out any spilled wax or oil once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42482241601587,"sku":"IN-urli-rangoli","price":42.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/rangoli-urli-diwalidecor2.jpg?v=1771219124"},{"product_id":"hanging-urli-bowl-30-inch","title":"Hammered Hanging Urli Bowl – Entrance Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eA shallow urli bowl suspended from a long chain of linked gold flowers, with a hook at the top. It hangs rather than stands — from a tree branch over a garden table, from a hook in a porch, or in a doorway during Diwali. The whole thing drops about 30 inches; the bowl itself is 9 inches across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal drop: 30 inches including the chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBowl diameter: 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 500 g (approx. 1.1 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain: linked cast flowers, with a hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigns: Hammered, or Rose with a sculpted bloom border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe. Keep dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt hangs, which almost nothing else in the range does.\u003c\/strong\u003e That puts the petals and the light at eye level instead of on a surface, and frees the table entirely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe chain is part of the piece.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every link is a small cast flower, not plain wire, so the 30-inch drop reads as decoration in its own right.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo designs.\u003c\/strong\u003e Plain hammered, or a bowl ringed with sculpted rose blooms — see below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e500 g (approx. 1.1 lb) all in.\u003c\/strong\u003e Light enough to hang from a branch or a standard ceiling hook without special fixings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammered\u003c\/strong\u003e — a plain dimpled bowl with a clean rim. Quieter, and the one to choose if it will hang somewhere busy. $49.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRose\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same bowl ringed with sculpted rose blooms around the edge, so the rim reads as a flower border even when the bowl is empty. $52.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour gold-finish pieces, four different shapes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/elegant-metal-hammered-urli-traditional-indian-decor\"\u003eHammered gold urli bowl\u003c\/a\u003e — 12 inches, flat and open, $49\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/hammered-rangoli-urli-urli-utsav\"\u003eRangoli urli\u003c\/a\u003e — 11.5 inches, nine tealight cups on a ring, $42\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/golden-lotus-etched-decorative-plate-gold-hammered-decorative-bowls-for-home-wedding-festive-decor\"\u003e18-inch lotus tray\u003c\/a\u003e — 17 petal compartments, $120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA tree branch over a garden table for an outdoor Diwali or mehndi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA covered porch or a front entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA doorway or an archway during a wedding function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA balcony, where floor space is short\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHung in pairs either side of an entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn unusual gift, because most people have never seen a hanging urli and would not think to buy one for themselves. It suits Diwali, a housewarming and a wedding, and event decorators buy them in pairs or sixes for entrances and mandap edges. If you need several, get in touch before ordering so we can confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bowl 30 inches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — the bowl is 9 inches across. The 30 inches is the total drop from the hook to the bottom of the bowl, most of which is chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between Hammered and Rose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe bowl rim. Hammered is plain and dimpled; Rose has a ring of sculpted rose blooms around the edge. Same size, same chain, same weight. Rose is $3 more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a hook or fixing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe chain ends in a hook. What that hook attaches to — a branch, a ceiling hook, a bracket — is up to you and is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang it outdoors permanently?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening or a weekend, yes. Not permanently: this is iron under a gold polish and rain will get under the finish. Bring it in after the event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would not. The base metal is iron under a gold polish, and standing water will eventually work under the finish and cause rust. Use it dry — petals, tealights, dry flowers — or float things in a separate glass or brass bowl set inside it. If it does get wet, dry it straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a tealight in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and it looks best that way at dusk. Do not leave a lit flame in a swinging bowl unattended or near foliage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I shorten the chain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe links are joined, so shortening it means opening a link. Most people loop the excess over the hook instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry — do not wash it, do not put it in the dishwasher, and do not leave it outdoors overnight. Wipe out any spilled wax or oil once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Hammered","offer_id":43374517714995,"sku":"hanginghammered","price":49.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose","offer_id":43374517747763,"sku":"hangingrose","price":52.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/hangingurli-urliutsavdecor5.jpg?v=1758057933"},{"product_id":"chappan-56-bhog-thali-laddu-gopal-bhog","title":"Chappan 56 Bhog Thali - Laddu Gopal Bhog","description":"\u003cp\u003eChappan bhog is the offering of fifty-six foods made to Krishna, and this is the thali it is laid out on: a 20-inch gold tray with fifty-six separate cups pressed into it, ringed by a floral border. One cup for each item, so the whole offering sits in front of the deity at once rather than being brought out in relays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 20 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCups: 56, pressed in one piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,750 g (approx. 3.9 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: pressed floral border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe. Keep dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFifty-six cups, formed in one piece.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not a tray with bowls placed on it — the cups are pressed from the same sheet, so nothing tips or shifts when you carry it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 inches across.\u003c\/strong\u003e Large enough to be the whole offering, and large enough to read as a centrepiece when it is not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,750 g (approx. 3.9 lb).\u003c\/strong\u003e Substantial enough that it sits flat and does not flex when fifty-six cups are full.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorated rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e A pressed floral border runs right around the outside, so the tray still looks like something when it is empty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat people put in it\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe traditional chappan bhog for Janmashtami — sweets, dry fruit, makhan mishri, fruit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry fruit and mithai as a Diwali serving tray, a kind per cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHaldi, kumkum, akshata and offerings for a puja\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLentils, grains and flower heads for a Navratri or Golu display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTealights, one per cup, for a wedding or reception table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir at Janmashtami, in front of the Laddu Gopal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table at Diwali, filled with dry fruit and mithai\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Satyanarayan Puja or Annakut offering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding or reception table, one cup per tealight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Golu display during Navratri\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA specific piece for a specific purpose, which is exactly why it lands well with anyone who keeps a Krishna mandir at home. It suits Janmashtami above all, then Diwali, Annakut and a housewarming where the family is observant. Temples and community groups order these in quantity — get in touch before ordering if you need more than a couple and we will confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen is Janmashtami in 2026?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThursday 3 September 2026. If you want the thali in hand for the puja, order with enough time for delivery before that date rather than in the last few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre there really fifty-six cups?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, fifty-six, which is what chappan means. They are pressed into the tray rather than set into it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is each cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSmall — they are made for a spoonful of an offering each, not for portions. The point is the count, not the capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I serve food from it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDry offerings, sweets and fruit are what it is used for. We would not put anything wet or oily straight onto the finish; use small cases or a liner if you are worried.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would not. The base metal is iron under a gold polish, and standing water will eventually work under the finish and cause rust. Use it dry — petals, tealights, dry flowers — or float things in a separate glass or brass bowl set inside it. If it does get wet, dry it straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the gold solid, or a finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA finish. These are iron with a gold polish over the top — not solid brass and not plating. That is what puts the price where it is. It will mark if you drag it across a hard surface or knock it, so lift rather than slide it and keep pieces apart in storage. If you want metal that cannot scratch off, our brass urlis are solid all the way through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I store something this size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFlat, on a shelf or under a bed. It is 20 inches across and about an inch and a half deep, so it slides into most gaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry — do not wash it, do not put it in the dishwasher, and do not leave it outdoors overnight. Wipe out any spilled wax or oil once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42482373689395,"sku":"IN-bhog-thali","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/chappanbhogthali1_af30c84c-21bf-4015-91a2-71caa65712d4.jpg?v=1771279578"},{"product_id":"two-layer-diya-stand","title":"Two Layer Diya Urli - 18 Candle Holders","description":"\u003cp\u003eA tiered diya stand: two discs on a central rod, each ringed with traditional diya cups so eighteen flames sit at two heights. It stands on a turned pedestal foot with a finial and ring on top. At 15.75 inches it is the table-height version — low enough to sit between people at dinner and still be talked across.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 15.75 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiya cups: 18 (10 bottom, 8 top)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 915 g (approx. 2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase: turned pedestal foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop: finial with a ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe. Keep dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEighteen diyas, ten below and eight above.\u003c\/strong\u003e One object does the work of arranging eighteen separate lamps, and you can light it in under a minute.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper diya cups.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each is pressed in the classic diya shape with a pointed lip, so oil and a cotton wick sit correctly. Tealights drop straight in as well.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTable height, deliberately.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 15.75 inches it clears a table setting without blocking the person opposite, which the 24-inch version does not.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e915 g (approx. 2 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e on a weighted pedestal foot, so it does not rock when someone reaches across it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same design is made in two heights:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/two-2-layer-diya-stand-urli-utsav\"\u003eTwo-layer stand\u003c\/a\u003e — 15.75 inches, 18 diyas, 915 g. A dining table or a mandir shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tripple-layer-diya-stand-urli-urli-utsav\"\u003eThree-layer stand\u003c\/a\u003e — 24 inches, 30 diyas, 1,500 g. A floor-level entryway or a wedding welcome table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe centre of a dining table for Diwali dinner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandir shelf, lit for daily aarti or Navratri\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA console table by the door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA coffee table, with petals scattered on the lower tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA kitchen island during a party\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe easier of the two to give, because it fits on a table in any home and does not need floor space set aside for it. It suits Diwali, Navratri, Karthigai Deepam, a housewarming and a wedding. If you are buying several for an event, get in touch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOil diyas or tealights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEither. The cups are the traditional diya shape with a pointed lip, so oil and a cotton wick sit correctly. Standard tealights also drop straight in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from the three-layer stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeight and count. This one is 15.75 inches with 18 cups; the three-layer is 24 inches with 30. Same design and finish. This is the table one, that is the floor and entrance one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it block the view across a dining table?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. At 15.75 inches the top tier sits above eye level for a seated diner but the stem is slim, so it does not wall off the table the way a solid centrepiece does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the ring at the top for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA finial you can lift it by when empty. We would not hang it with the diyas lit or filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would not. The base metal is iron under a gold polish, and standing water will eventually work under the finish and cause rust. Use it dry — petals, tealights, dry flowers — or float things in a separate glass or brass bowl set inside it. If it does get wet, dry it straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come apart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt arrives assembled and stays that way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry — do not wash it, do not put it in the dishwasher, and do not leave it outdoors overnight. Wipe out any spilled wax or oil once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening under cover, yes. Bring it in afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42489660440627,"sku":"diwali-two-layer-diya","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/TwoLayerDiyaUrli3.jpg?v=1735874778"},{"product_id":"three-layer-diya-stand","title":"Three Layer Diya Urli - 30 Candle Holders","description":"\u003cp\u003eA tiered diya stand: three discs stacked on a central rod, each ringed with traditional diya cups so thirty flames sit at three different heights. It stands on a turned pedestal foot and is topped with a finial and ring. At 24 inches it is the tall one, meant to be seen from across a room rather than looked down into.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiya cups: 30 (12 bottom, 10 middle, 8 top)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,500 g (approx. 3.3 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBase: turned pedestal foot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop: finial with a ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe. Keep dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThirty diyas on one stand.\u003c\/strong\u003e Twelve on the bottom tier, ten on the middle, eight on the top. Lighting one object gets you the effect of scattering thirty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProper diya cups, not plain wells.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each cup is pressed in the classic diya shape with a pointed lip, so it takes oil and a cotton wick as readily as a tealight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 inches tall.\u003c\/strong\u003e The height is the point — the tiers separate so each ring of flame reads on its own instead of merging into one pool of light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,500 g (approx. 3.3 lb)\u003c\/strong\u003e on a weighted pedestal foot, which is what keeps a tall stand steady once thirty cups are filled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same design is made in two heights:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/two-2-layer-diya-stand-urli-utsav\"\u003eTwo-layer stand\u003c\/a\u003e — 15.75 inches, 18 diyas, 915 g. A dining table or a mandir shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/tripple-layer-diya-stand-urli-urli-utsav\"\u003eThree-layer stand\u003c\/a\u003e — 24 inches, 30 diyas, 1,500 g. A floor-level entryway or a wedding welcome table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEither side of a front door for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding or reception welcome table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA floor-level rangoli setup, standing in the centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandir corner, lit for Navratri or Karthigai Deepam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA hallway console, where the full height has room to read\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA good gift for someone who already owns plenty of small decor, because thirty diyas on one stand is a thing most homes do not have. It suits Diwali above all, and also Navratri, Karthigai Deepam, a housewarming and a wedding. Event decorators buy these in pairs to flank an entrance — if you need several, get in touch before ordering and we will confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOil diyas or tealights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEither. The cups are the traditional diya shape with a pointed lip, so oil and a cotton wick sit correctly. Standard tealights also drop straight in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come apart for storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt arrives assembled and is meant to stay that way. At 24 inches it needs a reasonably tall cupboard or a shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the ring at the top for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a finial you can lift the stand by when it is empty. We would not hang it with the diyas lit or filled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it stable when all thirty are lit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The weight sits in the pedestal foot. Put it somewhere it will not be knocked, as you would with any open flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe would not. The base metal is iron under a gold polish, and standing water will eventually work under the finish and cause rust. Use it dry — petals, tealights, dry flowers — or float things in a separate glass or brass bowl set inside it. If it does get wet, dry it straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from the two-layer stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeight and count. This one is 24 inches with 30 cups; the two-layer is 15.75 inches with 18. Same design, same finish. Buy this one for floor level and entrances, the shorter one for a table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry — do not wash it, do not put it in the dishwasher, and do not leave it outdoors overnight. Wipe out any spilled wax or oil once it has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening on a covered patio, yes. Bring it in afterwards — iron and dew do not mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42489770803251,"sku":"diwali-three-layer-diya","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/triplelayerdiya.jpg?v=1729296365"},{"product_id":"indian-return-gift-pichwai-cow-print-metal-tray","title":"Pichwai Cow Metal Trays - 8 Inches, 10 Inches, or Set of 2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePichwai\u003c\/strong\u003e is a devotional painting tradition from Nathdwara in Rajasthan, around four hundred years old, depicting \u003cstrong\u003eShrinathji\u003c\/strong\u003e — Krishna as a seven-year-old — and the cows of Vrindavan. These trays carry that artwork on gold-finished metal, so a style normally seen on temple textiles becomes something you actually use on a table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable as 8 inch, 10 inch, or a set of both\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet weight 460 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with gold polish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArtwork: laminated Pichwai print with raised Kasauti patterning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat people use them for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServing snacks, mithai and dry fruit during festivals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolding a diya, a small idol or flowers as a shelf vignette\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresenting return gifts at weddings and housewarmings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGanesh Chaturthi and Diwali table decor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs the gift itself — presentable as packaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e10 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e works as a serving tray or the base of a shelf arrangement. The \u003cstrong\u003e8 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e suits a single diya, a small idol, or a bedside catch-all. The \u003cstrong\u003eset\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you a nested pair for layered table styling, and is the usual choice for gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe with a dry cloth. Do not soak or put in a dishwasher — the laminated artwork and gold polish will not survive it. Use a liner under oily food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or the rest of our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Mint \/ Set","offer_id":43436955172915,"sku":"Mint-Set","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mint \/ 10 Inches","offer_id":42506659332147,"sku":"Mint-10-Inches","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mint \/ 8 Inches","offer_id":43436955140147,"sku":"Mint-8-Inches","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Set","offer_id":43436955238451,"sku":"Red-Set","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 10 Inches","offer_id":42506645864499,"sku":"Red-10-Inches","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 8 Inches","offer_id":43436955205683,"sku":"Red-8-Inches","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ Set","offer_id":43436955303987,"sku":"Pink-Set","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 10 Inches","offer_id":42506645831731,"sku":"Pink-10-Inches","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink \/ 8 Inches","offer_id":43436955271219,"sku":"Pink-8-Inches","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ Set","offer_id":43436955369523,"sku":"Orange-Set","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ 10 Inches","offer_id":42506645897267,"sku":"Orange-10-Set","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange \/ 8 Inches","offer_id":43436955336755,"sku":"Orange-8-Inches","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/files\/pichwaitray7.jpg?v=1749288714"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0579\/1534\/2899\/collections\/chandlier.jpg?v=1788193809","url":"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/indian-festive-decor.oembed?page=7","provider":"Urli Utsav","version":"1.0","type":"link"}